RELEASE_NOTES revision 157001
1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1765 2006/03/08 02:15:03 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22 10 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server 11 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O 12 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of 13 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an 14 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of 15 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals. 16 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force. 17 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if 18 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum 19 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default 20 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on 21 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching 22 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS. 23 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start 24 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do 25 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found 26 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 27 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response 28 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised 29 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC 30 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead 31 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a 32 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff 33 A. Earickson of Colby College. 34 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John 35 Myers of Proofpoint. 36 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue 37 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are 38 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman. 39 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to 40 resume a stored TLS session. 41 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that 42 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded. 43 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak. 44 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition 45 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of 46 Sun Microsystems. 47 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets. 48 This generates an error message from libmilter on 49 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the 50 request silently. 51 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return 52 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code 53 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations 54 Services. 55 Portability: 56 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2) 57 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from 58 Andrew Brown. 59 608.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16 61 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it 62 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base 63 directory. This structure is used decide whether there 64 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence 65 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/ 66 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem 67 than the base directory. 68 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for 69 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split 70 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by 71 Werner Wiethege. 72 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum 73 number of items to process, sort the queue first and 74 then cut the list off instead of the other way around. 75 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 76 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by 77 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 78 University. 79 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors. 80 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 81 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat 82 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem 83 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 84 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their 85 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein. 86 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands. 87 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals 88 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from 89 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 90 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate 91 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor. 92 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS 93 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid 94 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the 95 source code. 96 Add support for AIX 5.3. 97 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11). 98 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 99 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO. 100 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X. 101 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and 102 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin). 103 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 104 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which 105 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some 106 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error. 107 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 108 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match 109 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted 110 by Mike Pechkin. 111 New Files: 112 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4 113 devtools/OS/AIX.5.3 114 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x 115 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11 116 include/sm/time.h 117 1188.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27 119 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a 120 different error which could result in connections that 121 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not 122 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims. 123 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead 124 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another 125 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and 126 tracked down by Gael Roualland. 127 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem 128 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind. 129 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the 130 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 131 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set 132 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes. 133 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared 134 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting 135 and bounce generation. 136 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings 137 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered 138 for header checks where long strings are legitimate. 139 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked 140 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 141 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from 142 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England. 143 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by 144 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip. 145 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of 146 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only 147 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found. 148 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication 149 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch 150 by Joe Maimon. 151 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but 152 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based 153 on patch by Brian Kantor. 154 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only 155 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might 156 be dropped after an AUTH failure. 157 Portability: 158 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use 159 "long long" to read load average data, e.g., 160 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set 161 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected. 162 Problem noted by Burak Bilen. 163 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should 164 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode. 165 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of 166 University of Bremen. 167 New Files: 168 include/sm/sem.h 169 libsm/sem.c 170 libsm/t-sem.c 171 1728.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 173 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 174 is active. 175 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 176 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 177 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 178 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 179 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 180 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 181 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 182 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 183 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 184 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 185 1868.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 187 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 188 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 189 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 190 Simple Nomad of BindView. 191 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 192 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 193 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 194 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 195 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 196 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 197 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 198 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 199 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 200 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 201 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 202 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 203 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 204 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 205 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 206 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 207 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 208 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 209 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 210 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 211 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 212 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 213 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 214 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 215 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 216 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 217 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 218 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 219 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 220 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 221 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 222 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 223 noted by Nelson Fung. 224 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 225 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 226 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 227 by Nelson Fung. 228 Portability: 229 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 230 New Files: 231 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 232 devtools/OS/DragonFly 233 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 234 Deleted Files: 235 libsm/vsscanf.c 236 2378.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 238 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 239 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 240 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 241 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 242 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 243 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 244 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 245 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 246 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 247 by David Russell. 248 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 249 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 250 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 251 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 252 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 253 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 254 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 255 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 256 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 257 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 258 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 259 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 260 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 261 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 262 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 263 Bielefeld. 264 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 265 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 266 Portability: 267 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 268 noted by Geoff Adams. 269 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 270 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 271 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 272 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 273 incompatibilities with various *roff related 274 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 275 New Files: 276 doc/op/README 277 2788.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 279 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 280 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 281 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 282 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 283 University. 284 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 285 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 286 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 287 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 288 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 289 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 290 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 291 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 292 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 293 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 294 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 295 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 296 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 297 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 298 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 299 of cf/README for more information. 300 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 301 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 302 the LDAP library. 303 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 304 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 305 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 306 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 307 library supports it. 308 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 309 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 310 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 311 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 312 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 313 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 314 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 315 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 316 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 317 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 318 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 319 determines the length of the interval for which the 320 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 321 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 322 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 323 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 324 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 325 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 326 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 327 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 328 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 329 during that connection. 330 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 331 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 332 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 333 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 334 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 335 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 336 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 337 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 338 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 339 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 340 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 341 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 342 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 343 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 344 sendmail. 345 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 346 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 347 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 348 Mines de Paris. 349 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 350 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 351 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 352 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 353 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 354 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 355 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 356 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 357 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 358 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 359 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 360 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 361 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 362 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 363 by Sander Eerkes. 364 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 365 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 366 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 367 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 368 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 369 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 370 operates on lost queue items. 371 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 372 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 373 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 374 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 375 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 376 quarantine reason. 377 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 378 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 379 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 380 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 381 "QUARANTINE:". 382 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 383 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 384 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 385 be used for the quarantine reason. 386 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 387 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 388 message if it is quarantined. 389 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 390 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 391 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 392 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 393 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 394 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 395 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 396 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 397 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 398 recipients received so far in a transaction. 399 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 400 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 401 noted by Kai Schlichting. 402 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 403 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 404 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 405 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 406 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 407 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 408 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 409 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 410 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 411 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 412 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 413 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 414 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 415 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 416 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 417 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 418 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 419 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 420 of the University of Manitoba. 421 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 422 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 423 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 424 is active. 425 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 426 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 427 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 428 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 429 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 430 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 431 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 432 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 433 overwrite each other's pid files. 434 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 435 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 436 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 437 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 438 LogLevel 12 or higher. 439 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 440 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 441 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 442 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 443 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 444 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 445 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 446 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 447 of Sun Microsystems. 448 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 449 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 450 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 451 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 452 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 453 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 454 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 455 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 456 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 457 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 458 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 459 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 460 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 461 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 462 further information. 463 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 464 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 465 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 466 queue return and warning times for delivery status 467 notifications. 468 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 469 at all. 470 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 471 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 472 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 473 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 474 for DaemonPortOptions. 475 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 476 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 477 of Northern Illinois University. 478 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 479 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 480 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 481 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 482 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 483 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 484 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 485 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 486 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 487 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 488 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 489 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 490 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 491 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 492 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 493 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 494 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 495 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 496 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 497 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 498 HOSTALIASES. 499 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 500 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 501 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 502 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 503 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 504 Oleg Bulyzhin. 505 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 506 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 507 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 508 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 509 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 510 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 511 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 512 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 513 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 514 Portability: 515 Two new compile options have been added: 516 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 517 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 518 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 519 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 520 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 521 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 522 programs to match locking techniques. 523 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 524 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 525 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 526 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 527 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 528 Center for Scientific Computing. 529 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 530 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 531 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 532 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 533 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 534 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 535 from Mark Funkenhauser. 536 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 537 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 538 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 539 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 540 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 541 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 542 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 543 of Northern Illinois University. 544 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 545 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 546 the message using the given reason. 547 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 548 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 549 DNS records than just A. 550 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 551 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 552 connections is maintained. 553 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 554 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 555 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 556 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 557 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 558 slamming protection described above. The feature can 559 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 560 use the access database to look the pause time based on 561 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 562 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 563 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 564 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 565 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 566 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 567 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 568 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 569 interval when refusing connections for this long. 570 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 571 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 572 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 573 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 574 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 575 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 576 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 577 to follow the naming conventions. 578 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 579 the A= argument. 580 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 581 local_lmtp. 582 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 583 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 584 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 585 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 586 its rules. 587 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 588 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 589 status notifications. 590 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 591 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 592 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 593 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 594 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 595 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 596 doc/op/op.me. 597 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 598 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 599 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 600 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 601 certificate revocations lists. 602 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 603 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 604 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 605 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 606 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 607 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 608 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 609 for more information. 610 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 611 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 612 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 613 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 614 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 615 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 616 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 617 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 618 of LifeLine Networks. 619 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 620 Derek J. Balling. 621 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 622 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 623 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 624 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 625 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 626 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 627 Filters which use this function must include the 628 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 629 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 630 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 631 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 632 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 633 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 634 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 635 resetting the timeout. 636 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 637 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 638 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 639 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 640 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 641 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 642 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 643 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 644 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 645 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 646 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 647 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 648 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 649 from Bryan Costales. 650 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 651 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 652 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 653 amendments to support header insertion operations. 654 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 655 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 656 Informations Services. 657 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 658 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 659 instead of '#'. 660 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 661 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 662 headers. 663 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 664 for the auto-response message. 665 New Files: 666 CACerts 667 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 668 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 669 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 670 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 671 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 672 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 673 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 674 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 675 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 676 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 677 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 678 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 679 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 680 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 681 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 682 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 683 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 684 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 685 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 686 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 687 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 688 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 689 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 690 sendmail/ratectrl.c 691 Deleted Files: 692 cf/feature/nodns.m4 693 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 694 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 695 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 696 libsm/vsprintf.c 697 Renamed Files: 698 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 699 7008.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 701 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 702 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 703 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 704 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 705 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 706 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 707 Techfirm, Inc. 708 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 709 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 710 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 711 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 712 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 713 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 714 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 715 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 716 recipient address also against the printable addresses 717 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 718 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 719 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 720 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 721 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 722 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 723 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 724 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 725 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 726 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 727 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 728 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 729 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 730 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 731 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 732 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 733 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 734 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 735 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 736 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 737 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 738 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 739 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 740 external application that accesses qf files. 741 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 742 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 743 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 744 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 745 Breyha. 746 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 747 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 748 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 749 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 750 environment. 751 Portability: 752 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 753 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 754 Sun Microsystems. 755 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 756 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 757 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 758 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 759 New Files: 760 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 761 7628.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 763 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 764 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 765 of Courtesan Consulting. 766 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 767 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 768 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 769 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 770 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 771 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 772 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 773 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 774 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 775 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 776 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 777 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 778 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 779 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 780 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 781 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 782 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 783 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 784 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 785 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 786 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 787 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 788 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 789 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 790 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 791 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 792 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 793 to make sure they match. 794 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 795 in the kernel. 796 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 797 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 798 Bart Duchesne. 799 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 800 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 801 Craig Hunt. 802 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 803 from Jerome Borsboom. 804 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 805 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 806 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 807 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 808 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 809 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 810 after the close() and before the truncate(). 811 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 812 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 813 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 814 Portability: 815 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 816 of Washington for providing access to a computer 817 with AIX 5.2. 818 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 819 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 820 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 821 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 822 of Harker Systems. 823 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 824 your Linux distribution, compile with 825 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 826 Added Files: 827 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 828 8298.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 830 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 831 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 832 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 833 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 834 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 835 includes DNS. 836 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 837 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 838 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 839 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 840 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 841 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 842 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 843 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 844 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 845 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 846 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 847 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 848 by Derek Wueppelmann. 849 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 850 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 851 College London. 852 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 853 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 854 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 855 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 856 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 857 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 858 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 859 text file instead of the database map. 860 Portability: 861 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 862 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 863 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 864 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 865 8668.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 867 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 868 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 869 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 870 of ISS X-Force. 871 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 872 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 873 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 874 Stanford University Compilation Group. 875 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 876 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 877 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 878 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 879 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 880 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 881 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 882 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 883 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 884 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 885 8868.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 887 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 888 across various connections. This could cause session 889 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 890 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 891 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 892 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 893 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 894 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 895 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 896 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 897 Erik Parker. 898 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 899 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 900 is used. 901 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 902 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 903 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 904 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 905 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 906 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 907 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 908 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 909 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 910 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 911 of 11 or higher. 912 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 913 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 914 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 915 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 916 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 917 to be run even if Runners=0. 918 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 919 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 920 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 921 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 922 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 923 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 924 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 925 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 926 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 927 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 928 by John Majikes of IBM. 929 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 930 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 931 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 932 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 933 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 934 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 935 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 936 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 937 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 938 noted by Matthias Andree. 939 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 940 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 941 Portability: 942 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 943 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 944 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 945 an argument, hence the builtin version of 946 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 947 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 948 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 949 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 950 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 951 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 952 of the TrustedBSD Project. 953 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 954 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 955 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 956 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 957 Corporation. 958 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 959 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 960 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 961 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 962 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 963 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 964 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 965 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 966 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 967 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 968 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 969 in the file itself. 970 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 971 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 972 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 973 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 974 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 975 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 976 relay. 977 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 978 in access_db. 979 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 980 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 981 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 982 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 983 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 984 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 985 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 986 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 987 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 988 Sun Microsystems. 989 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 990 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 991 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 992 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 993 iDEFENSE, Inc. 994 New Files: 995 devtools/OS/Interix 996 include/sm/bdb.h 997 9988.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 999 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 1000 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 1001 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 1002 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 1003 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 1004 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 1005 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1006 Courtesan Consulting. 1007 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 1008 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 1009 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1010 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 1011 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1012 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1013 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 1014 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 1015 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 1016 Earickson of Colby College. 1017 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 1018 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 1019 Courtesan Consulting. 1020 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 1021 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 1022 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 1023 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 1024 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 1025 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 1026 execve(). 1027 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 1028 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 1029 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 1030 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 1031 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 1032 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 1033 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 1034 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1035 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 1036 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 1037 supposed for addresses on the header content. 1038 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 1039 Portability: 1040 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 1041 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 1042 fix from Scott Walters. 1043 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1044 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 1045 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1046 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 1047 NETISO support has been dropped. 1048 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 1049 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 1050 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 1051 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 1052 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 1053 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 1054 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 1055 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 1056 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 1057 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 1058 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 1059 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 1060 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 1061 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 1062 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 1063 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 1064 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1065 University. 1066 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 1067 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1068 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 1069 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1070 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 1071 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1072 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 1073 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1074 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1075 New Files: 1076 contrib/etrn.0 1077 10788.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 1079 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 1080 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 1081 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 1082 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 1083 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 1084 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 1085 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 1086 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 1087 with rogue DNS servers. 1088 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 1089 by Bryan Costales. 1090 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 1091 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 1092 Costales. 1093 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 1094 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 1095 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1096 Polytechnic Institute. 1097 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 1098 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 1099 Portability: 1100 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 1101 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 1102 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 1103 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 1104 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 1105 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 1106 8.13 will change the default locking method to 1107 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 1108 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 1109 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 1110 related programs to match locking techniques. 1111 11128.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 1113 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 1114 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 1115 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 1116 section of the top level README for more information. 1117 Problem noted by lumpy. 1118 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 1119 instead of 0644. 1120 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 1121 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1122 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1123 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1124 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1125 Purdue University. 1126 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 1127 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1128 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1129 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 1130 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 1131 of Active State. 1132 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 1133 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 1134 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1135 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 1136 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 1137 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 1138 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 1139 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 1140 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 1141 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 1142 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 1143 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1144 or the queue. 1145 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 1146 user who started sendmail. 1147 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 1148 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 1149 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 1150 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 1151 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 1152 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 1153 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 1154 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 1155 Portability: 1156 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 1157 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 1158 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 1159 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 1160 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 1161 Charles University in Prague. 1162 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1163 memory. 1164 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1165 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1166 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1167 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1168 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1169 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1170 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1171 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1172 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1173 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1174 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1175 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1176 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1177 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1178 noted by Bryan Costales. 1179 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1180 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1181 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1182 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1183 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1184 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1185 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1186 match dnsbl change. 1187 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1188 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1189 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1190 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1191 a user's filter starts other applications. 1192 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1193 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1194 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1195 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1196 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1197 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1198 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1199 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1200 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1201 noted by Bryan Costales. 1202 New Files: 1203 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1204 12058.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1206 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1207 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1208 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1209 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1210 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1211 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1212 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1213 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1214 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1215 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1216 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1217 University. 1218 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1219 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1220 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1221 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1222 of INTERMETA. 1223 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1224 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1225 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1226 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1227 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1228 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1229 ActiveState. 1230 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1231 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1232 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1233 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1234 Northern Illinois University. 1235 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1236 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1237 of Dinoex. 1238 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1239 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1240 Polytechnic Institute. 1241 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1242 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1243 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1244 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1245 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1246 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1247 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1248 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1249 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1250 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1251 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1252 missing arguments. 1253 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1254 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1255 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1256 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1257 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1258 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1259 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1260 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1261 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1262 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1263 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1264 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1265 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1266 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1267 of Concordia University. 1268 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1269 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1270 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1271 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1272 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1273 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1274 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1275 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1276 Elvers. 1277 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1278 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1279 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1280 total number of TCP connections. 1281 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1282 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1283 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1284 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1285 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1286 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1287 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1288 Texas. 1289 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1290 to 451. 1291 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1292 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1293 patch by Bryan Costales. 1294 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1295 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1296 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1297 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1298 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1299 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1300 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1301 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1302 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1303 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1304 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1305 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1306 command). 1307 Portability: 1308 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1309 available. 1310 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1311 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1312 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1313 Skyrr. 1314 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1315 noted by John Beck. 1316 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1317 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1318 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1319 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1320 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1321 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1322 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1323 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1324 error. 1325 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1326 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1327 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1328 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1329 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1330 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1331 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1332 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1333 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1334 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1335 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1336 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1337 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1338 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1339 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1340 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1341 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1342 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1343 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1344 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1345 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1346 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1347 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1348 noted by John Beck. 1349 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1350 if queue groups are used. 1351 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1352 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1353 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1354 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1355 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1356 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1357 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1358 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1359 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1360 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1361 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1362 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1363 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1364 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1365 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1366 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1367 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1368 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1369 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1370 ldap_memfree(). 1371 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1372 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1373 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1374 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1375 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1376 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1377 San Francisco. 1378 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1379 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1380 Joe Barbish. 1381 New Files: 1382 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1383 13848.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1385 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1386 at startup, only log an error message. 1387 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1388 following -b) has been specified. 1389 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1390 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1391 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1392 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1393 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1394 Regensburg. 1395 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1396 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1397 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1398 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1399 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1400 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1401 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1402 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1403 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1404 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1405 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1406 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1407 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1408 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1409 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1410 SMTP connections. 1411 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 1412 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 1413 and Technology. 1414 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 1415 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 1416 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1417 Meteorological Institute. 1418 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 1419 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 1420 Online. 1421 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 1422 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 1423 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 1424 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 1425 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 1426 types, respectively. 1427 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 1428 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 1429 of Virginia Tech. 1430 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 1431 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 1432 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1433 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 1434 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1435 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 1436 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 1437 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 1438 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 1439 of Vienna. 1440 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 1441 of Sun Microsystems. 1442 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 1443 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 1444 with servers that do not support realms when using 1445 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 1446 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 1447 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 1448 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1449 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 1450 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 1451 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 1452 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 1453 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 1454 instead of forcing localhost. 1455 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 1456 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 1457 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 1458 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1459 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 1460 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 1461 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 1462 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1463 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1464 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 1465 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 1466 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 1467 Compaq Computer Corp. 1468 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 1469 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 1470 Tech. 1471 Portability: 1472 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 1473 patch provided by HP. 1474 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 1475 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 1476 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 1477 Sachin of Siemens. 1478 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 1479 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 1480 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 1481 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 1482 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 1483 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 1484 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 1485 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 1486 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1487 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 1488 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 1489 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 1490 Hewlett-Packard. 1491 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 1492 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 1493 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1494 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 1495 Virginia Tech. 1496 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 1497 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 1498 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 1499 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1500 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 1501 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 1502 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 1503 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 1504 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1505 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 1506 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 1507 Florida. 1508 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 1509 Altin Waldmann. 1510 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 1511 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 1512 Hewlett-Packard. 1513 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 1514 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 1515 of MSFU. 1516 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 1517 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1518 Institute. 1519 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 1520 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 1521 to free memory twice. 1522 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 1523 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 1524 of Sun Microsystems. 1525 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 1526 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 1527 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 1528 University of Athens. 1529 New Files: 1530 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 1531 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 1532 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 1533 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 1534 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 1535 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 1536 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 1537 libsm/mpeix.c 1538 15398.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 1540 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 1541 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 1542 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 1543 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 1544 found by Michal Zalewski. 1545 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 1546 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 1547 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 1548 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 1549 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 1550 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1551 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 1552 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 1553 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 1554 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 1555 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 1556 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 1557 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 1558 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 1559 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 1560 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 1561 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 1562 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 1563 canonical name for a host. 1564 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 1565 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 1566 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 1567 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 1568 Portability: 1569 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 1570 `uname` does not given complete information. 1571 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 1572 Aircraft Company. 1573 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 1574 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 1575 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 1576 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1577 Courtesan Consulting. 1578 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 1579 problems with potential misconfigurations. 1580 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 1581 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 1582 Technology Organisation of Australia. 1583 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 1584 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 1585 then use it. 1586 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 1587 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 1588 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 1589 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1590 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 1591 and vacation. 1592 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 1593 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 1594 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 1595 New Files: 1596 test/Build 1597 test/Makefile 1598 test/Makefile.m4 1599 test/README 1600 test/t_dropgid.c 1601 test/t_setgid.c 1602 Deleted Files: 1603 include/sm/stdio.h 1604 include/sm/sysstat.h 1605 16068.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 1607 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 1608 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 1609 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 1610 default). The installation process tries to install 1611 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 1612 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 1613 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 1614 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 1615 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 1616 flags: 1617 GroupWritableForwardFile 1618 WorldWritableForwardFile 1619 GroupWritableIncludeFile 1620 WorldWritableIncludeFile 1621 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 1622 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 1623 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 1624 (IdS). 1625 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 1626 point where the variable could become overused for more than 1627 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 1628 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 1629 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 1630 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 1631 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 1632 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 1633 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 1634 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 1635 see sendmail/SECURITY. 1636 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 1637 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1638 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 1639 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 1640 sendmail/SECURITY. 1641 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 1642 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 1643 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 1644 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 1645 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 1646 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 1647 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 1648 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 1649 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 1650 command has been removed. 1651 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 1652 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 1653 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 1654 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 1655 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 1656 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 1657 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 1658 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 1659 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 1660 supported. 1661 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 1662 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 1663 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 1664 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 1665 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 1666 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 1667 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 1668 creation rather than just before delivery. 1669 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 1670 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 1671 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 1672 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 1673 preference matches (coattail). 1674 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 1675 try other MX hosts if available. 1676 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 1677 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 1678 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 1679 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 1680 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 1681 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 1682 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 1683 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 1684 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 1685 removed in future versions. 1686 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 1687 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 1688 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 1689 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 1690 doc/op/op.me for details. 1691 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 1692 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 1693 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 1694 of the presented certificate, respectively. 1695 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 1696 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 1697 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1698 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 1699 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 1700 enough on a per recipient basis. 1701 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 1702 for STARTTLS. 1703 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 1704 value "NOT". 1705 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 1706 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 1707 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 1708 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1709 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 1710 really required. This change results in a noticable 1711 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 1712 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 1713 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 1714 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1715 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 1716 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 1717 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 1718 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 1719 command line, then the value also limits the number of 1720 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 1721 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 1722 by a queue run. 1723 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 1724 system each queue directory resides in. 1725 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 1726 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 1727 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 1728 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 1729 collected together) to process the same work list at the 1730 same time. 1731 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 1732 active queue runner processes. 1733 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 1734 runners per queue group. 1735 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 1736 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 1737 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 1738 of the queue that match during processing. 1739 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 1740 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 1741 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 1742 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 1743 persistent queue runner. 1744 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 1745 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 1746 sendmail -q15m). 1747 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 1748 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1749 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 1750 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 1751 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 1752 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 1753 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 1754 of the qf file (older entries first). 1755 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 1756 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 1757 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 1758 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 1759 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 1760 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 1761 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 1762 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 1763 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 1764 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 1765 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 1766 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 1767 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 1768 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1769 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 1770 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 1771 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 1772 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 1773 details. 1774 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 1775 the number of entries in the queue(s). 1776 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 1777 and the usual documentation for details. 1778 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 1779 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 1780 announced in 8.10. 1781 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 1782 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 1783 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 1784 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1785 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 1786 -r (number of retries). 1787 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 1788 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 1789 and value separated by the given separator. 1790 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 1791 to map class arith. 1792 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 1793 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 1794 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 1795 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 1796 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 1797 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 1798 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 1799 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 1800 filenames with spaces). 1801 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 1802 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 1803 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 1804 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 1805 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 1806 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 1807 to the loopback net. 1808 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 1809 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 1810 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 1811 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 1812 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 1813 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 1814 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 1815 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 1816 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 1817 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 1818 Development Group. 1819 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 1820 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 1821 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 1822 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 1823 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 1824 load average is exceeded. 1825 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 1826 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 1827 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 1828 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 1829 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1830 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 1831 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 1832 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 1833 instead. 1834 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 1835 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 1836 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 1837 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 1838 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1839 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 1840 for direct (command line) submissions. 1841 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 1842 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 1843 Hagino of the KAME Project. 1844 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 1845 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 1846 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 1847 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 1848 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 1849 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 1850 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 1851 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 1852 before logging. 1853 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 1854 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 1855 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 1856 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 1857 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 1858 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 1859 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 1860 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 1861 of the Universitat Regensburg. 1862 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 1863 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 1864 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 1865 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 1866 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 1867 See libsm/index.html for details. 1868 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 1869 care of by fork() and exit(). 1870 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 1871 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 1872 new and old (from new libsm). 1873 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 1874 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 1875 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 1876 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1877 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1878 synchronizations calls. 1879 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1880 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1881 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1882 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1883 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1884 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1885 for details. 1886 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1887 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1888 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1889 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1890 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1891 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1892 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1893 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1894 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1895 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1896 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1897 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1898 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1899 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1900 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1901 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1902 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1903 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1904 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1905 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1906 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1907 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1908 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1909 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1910 Urbana-Champaign. 1911 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1912 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1913 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1914 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1915 connections. 1916 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1917 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1918 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1919 cf/README. 1920 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1921 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1922 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1923 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1924 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1925 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1926 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1927 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1928 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1929 example). 1930 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1931 the default schema used in the above two items. 1932 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1933 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1934 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1935 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1936 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1937 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1938 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1939 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1940 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1941 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1942 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1943 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1944 HELO/EHLO commands. 1945 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1946 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1947 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1948 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1949 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1950 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1951 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1952 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 1953 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 1954 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 1955 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 1956 (verbose) command line option. 1957 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 1958 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 1959 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 1960 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1961 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 1962 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 1963 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1964 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 1965 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 1966 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 1967 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 1968 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 1969 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 1970 British Columbia. 1971 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 1972 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 1973 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 1974 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 1975 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 1976 if required. 1977 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 1978 class instead. 1979 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 1980 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 1981 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 1982 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 1983 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 1984 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 1985 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 1986 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 1987 Nelson of IBM. 1988 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1989 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1990 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1991 their defaults are: 1992 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1993 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1994 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1995 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1996 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1997 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1998 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1999 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 2000 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 2001 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 2002 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2003 Meteorological Institute. 2004 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 2005 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 2006 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 2007 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 2008 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 2009 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2010 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 2011 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 2012 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 2013 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 2014 See sendmail/README for further information. 2015 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 2016 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 2017 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 2018 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 2019 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 2020 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2021 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 2022 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 2023 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 2024 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 2025 flora.ca. 2026 Portability: 2027 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 2028 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 2029 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2030 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 2031 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 2032 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 2033 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 2034 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 2035 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2036 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 2037 Solaris 8 and later. 2038 Add support for OpenUNIX. 2039 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 2040 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 2041 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 2042 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 2043 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 2044 temporary lookup failures. 2045 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 2046 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 2047 or IP nets. 2048 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 2049 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 2050 to get through. 2051 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 2052 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 2053 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 2054 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 2055 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 2056 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 2057 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 2058 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 2059 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 2060 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 2061 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 2062 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2063 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 2064 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 2065 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 2066 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 2067 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 2068 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 2069 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 2070 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 2071 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 2072 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 2073 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 2074 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 2075 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2076 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 2077 cf/README for details. 2078 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 2079 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 2080 University of Maryland. 2081 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 2082 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 2083 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 2084 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 2085 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 2086 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 2087 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 2088 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 2089 Solving. 2090 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 2091 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 2092 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 2093 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 2094 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 2095 immediately. 2096 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 2097 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 2098 See cf/README for details. 2099 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 2100 temporary lookup failures. 2101 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 2102 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 2103 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 2104 memory use. 2105 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 2106 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 2107 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 2108 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 2109 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 2110 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 2111 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2112 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 2113 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2114 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 2115 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 2116 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 2117 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 2118 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 2119 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 2120 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 2121 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 2122 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 2123 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 2124 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 2125 additional details. 2126 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 2127 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 2128 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 2129 information. 2130 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 2131 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 2132 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 2133 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 2134 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 2135 recipients as user unknown. 2136 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 2137 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 2138 section of cf/README for more information. 2139 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 2140 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 2141 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 2142 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 2143 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2144 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2145 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 2146 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 2147 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 2148 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 2149 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 2150 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 2151 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 2152 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 2153 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 2154 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 2155 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 2156 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 2157 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 2158 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 2159 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 2160 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 2161 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 2162 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2163 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2164 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2165 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2166 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2167 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2168 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2169 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2170 doc/op/op.me for details. 2171 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2172 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2173 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2174 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2175 dequote map. 2176 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2177 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2178 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2179 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2180 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2181 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2182 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2183 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2184 This affects the access database as well as the 2185 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2186 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2187 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2188 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2189 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2190 Mississippi State University. 2191 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2192 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2193 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2194 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2195 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2196 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2197 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2198 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2199 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2200 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2201 systems which don't include cat directories. 2202 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2203 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2204 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2205 mailbox database type. 2206 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2207 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2208 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2209 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2210 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2211 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2212 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2213 instead of white space. 2214 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2215 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2216 Meteorological Institute. 2217 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2218 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2219 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2220 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2221 instead of syslog. 2222 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2223 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2224 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2225 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2226 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2227 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2228 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2229 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2230 New Directories: 2231 libmilter/docs 2232 New Files: 2233 cf/cf/README 2234 cf/cf/submit.cf 2235 cf/cf/submit.mc 2236 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2237 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2238 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2239 cf/feature/msp.m4 2240 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2241 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2242 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2243 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2244 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2245 cf/sendmail.schema 2246 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2247 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2248 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2249 editmap/* 2250 include/sm/* 2251 libsm/* 2252 libsmutil/cf.c 2253 libsmutil/err.c 2254 sendmail/SECURITY 2255 sendmail/TUNING 2256 sendmail/bf.c 2257 sendmail/bf.h 2258 sendmail/sasl.c 2259 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2260 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2261 sendmail/tls.c 2262 Deleted Files: 2263 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2264 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2265 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2266 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2267 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2268 include/sendmail/useful.h 2269 libsmutil/errstring.c 2270 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2271 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2272 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2273 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2274 sendmail/clock.c 2275 Renamed Files: 2276 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2277 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2278 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2279 22808.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2281 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2282 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2283 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2284 of ISS X-Force. 2285 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2286 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2287 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2288 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2289 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2290 includes DNS. 2291 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2292 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2293 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2294 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2295 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2296 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2297 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2298 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2299 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2300 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2301 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2302 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2303 across various connections. This could cause session 2304 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2305 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2306 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2307 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2308 canonical name for a host. 2309 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2310 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2311 or the queue. 2312 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2313 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2314 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2315 Polytechnic Institute. 2316 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2317 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2318 Purdue University. 2319 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2320 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2321 Texas. 2322 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2323 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2324 error. 2325 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2326 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2327 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2328 and vacation. 2329 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2330 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2331 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2332 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2333 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2334 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2335 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2336 Sun Microsystems. 2337 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2338 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2339 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2340 23418.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2342 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2343 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2344 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2345 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2346 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2347 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2348 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2349 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2350 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2351 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2352 Werner Wiethege. 2353 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2354 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2355 23568.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2357 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2358 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2359 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2360 of SE Netway Communications. 2361 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2362 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2363 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2364 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2365 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2366 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2367 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2368 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2369 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2370 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2371 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2372 University College. 2373 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2374 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2375 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2376 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2377 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2378 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2379 University at Albany. 2380 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2381 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2382 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2383 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2384 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2385 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2386 Portability: 2387 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2388 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2389 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2390 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2391 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2392 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2393 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2394 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2395 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2396 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2397 23988.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2399 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2400 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2401 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2402 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2403 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2404 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2405 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2406 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2407 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2408 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2409 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2410 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2411 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 2412 from Kenji Miyake. 2413 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 2414 QueueDirectory wildcards. 2415 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 2416 the same map again while exiting. 2417 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 2418 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 2419 of Tuebingen. 2420 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 2421 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 2422 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 2423 Oklahoma State University. 2424 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 2425 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 2426 InTouch Systems, Inc. 2427 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 2428 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 2429 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 2430 Morgan Stanley. 2431 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 2432 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 2433 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2434 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 2435 from Werner Wiethege. 2436 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 2437 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 2438 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 2439 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 2440 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 2441 Internet Services. 2442 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 2443 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2444 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 2445 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2446 Portability: 2447 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 2448 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 2449 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 2450 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 2451 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 2452 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2453 Meteorological Institute. 2454 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 2455 since it generates random process ids. 2456 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 2457 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 2458 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2459 New Files: 2460 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 2461 24628.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 2463 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 2464 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 2465 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2466 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2467 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 2468 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 2469 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 2470 communications consulting gmbh. 2471 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2472 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2473 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 2474 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 2475 connection came in from the command line. 2476 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 2477 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 2478 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2479 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 2480 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 2481 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 2482 when they were committed. 2483 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 2484 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 2485 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 2486 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 2487 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 2488 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 2489 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 2490 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2491 University. 2492 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 2493 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 2494 accept() completes. 2495 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 2496 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 2497 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 2498 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 2499 Wellcome. 2500 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 2501 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 2502 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2503 University. 2504 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 2505 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 2506 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 2507 University of New Brunswick. 2508 Portability: 2509 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 2510 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 2511 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 2512 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2513 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2514 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 2515 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 2516 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2517 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 2518 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 2519 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 2520 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 2521 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 2522 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 2523 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2524 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 2525 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 2526 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 2527 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2528 Institute. 2529 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 2530 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 2531 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2532 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 2533 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 2534 Renamed Files: 2535 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 2536 25378.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 2538 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 2539 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 2540 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 2541 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2542 Schools" project (IdS). 2543 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 2544 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 2545 be enabled by compiling with: 2546 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 2547 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 2548 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2549 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 2550 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 2551 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 2552 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 2553 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 2554 Colby College. 2555 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 2556 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 2557 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 2558 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 2559 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 2560 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 2561 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 2562 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 2563 NxNetworks, Inc. 2564 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 2565 client name. 2566 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 2567 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 2568 the Universitat Regensburg. 2569 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 2570 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 2571 University of Arizona. 2572 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 2573 of Collective Technologies. 2574 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 2575 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 2576 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 2577 Engineering. 2578 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 2579 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2580 Meteorological Institute. 2581 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2582 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2583 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2584 Meteorological Institute. 2585 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 2586 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 2587 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 2588 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2589 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 2590 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 2591 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 2592 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 2593 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 2594 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 2595 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 2596 overall connections, not the number of connections per 2597 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 2598 counting. 2599 Portability: 2600 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 2601 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 2602 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 2603 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 2604 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 2605 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 2606 Rosenman. 2607 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2608 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2609 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 2610 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 2611 of Pacific Access. 2612 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 2613 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2614 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 2615 Microsystems. 2616 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 2617 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 2618 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2619 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 2620 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 2621 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 2622 implicitly assume canonical host names. 2623 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 2624 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2625 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 2626 Virginia Tech. 2627 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 2628 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 2629 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2630 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 2631 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 2632 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 2633 gmbh. 2634 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 2635 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2636 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 2637 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 2638 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 2639 of Kyoto University. 2640 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 2641 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 2642 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 2643 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 2644 version. 2645 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 2646 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2647 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2648 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 2649 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 2650 or *-owner. 2651 New Files: 2652 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 2653 contrib/buildvirtuser 2654 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 2655 26568.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 2657 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 2658 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2659 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 2660 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 2661 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 2662 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 2663 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2664 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 2665 wildcards. 2666 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 2667 process may close the connection before the child process 2668 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 2669 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 2670 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2671 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 2672 read the LDAP secret from a file. 2673 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 2674 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 2675 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 2676 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2677 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 2678 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 2679 of EarthLink. 2680 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 2681 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 2682 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 2683 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2684 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 2685 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2686 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 2687 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 2688 Fournier of Acadia University. 2689 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 2690 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 2691 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 2692 one of the others may be able to take over. 2693 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 2694 previous load average query result. 2695 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 2696 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 2697 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 2698 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2699 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 2700 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 2701 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 2702 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 2703 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2704 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 2705 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 2706 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 2707 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 2708 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 2709 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 2710 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 2711 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 2712 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 2713 University of British Columbia. 2714 Portability: 2715 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 2716 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 2717 override the setting. Suggested by 2718 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 2719 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 2720 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 2721 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 2722 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 2723 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2724 College. 2725 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 2726 Tom Moore of NCR. 2727 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 2728 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 2729 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 2730 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 2731 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2732 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 2733 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 2734 Consulting. 2735 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 2736 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 2737 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 2738 errors in the MAIL address. 2739 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 2740 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 2741 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 2742 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2743 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 2744 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 2745 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 2746 Ericsson. 2747 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 2748 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 2749 mailer as described in cf/README. 2750 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 2751 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 2752 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 2753 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 2754 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 2755 sendmail. 2756 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2757 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2758 Meteorological Institute. 2759 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 2760 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 2761 dot as the only character on the line. 2762 New Files: 2763 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 2764 27658.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 2766 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 2767 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 2768 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 2769 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 2770 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 2771 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 2772 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2773 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 2774 it populates. It is possible that some broken 2775 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 2776 Systems in this category should compile with 2777 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 2778 system and report broken implementations to 2779 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 2780 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 2781 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 2782 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 2783 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 2784 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 2785 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 2786 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 2787 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2788 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 2789 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 2790 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 2791 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2792 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 2793 random data. 2794 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 2795 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 2796 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 2797 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 2798 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 2799 Martin of CMU. 2800 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 2801 strength factor. 2802 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 2803 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 2804 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 2805 of CMU. 2806 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 2807 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 2808 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 2809 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 2810 documented, unless a family is specified in a 2811 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 2812 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 2813 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 2814 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 2815 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 2816 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2817 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 2818 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 2819 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 2820 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 2821 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 2822 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2823 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 2824 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 2825 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 2826 of Sun Microsystems. 2827 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 2828 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 2829 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 2830 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 2831 the incoming information in the queue file for later 2832 delivery attempts. 2833 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 2834 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 2835 smoe.org. 2836 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 2837 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 2838 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2839 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 2840 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 2841 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 2842 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 2843 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 2844 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2845 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 2846 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 2847 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2848 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 2849 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 2850 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 2851 of Northern Illinois University. 2852 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 2853 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2854 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 2855 to kilobyte units. 2856 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 2857 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 2858 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 2859 Polytechnic. 2860 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 2861 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 2862 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 2863 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2864 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 2865 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 2866 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2867 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 2868 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2869 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 2870 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 2871 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 2872 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 2873 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 2874 G. Thomas Consulting. 2875 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 2876 port number (113). 2877 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 2878 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2879 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 2880 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 2881 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2882 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 2883 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 2884 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 2885 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2886 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 2887 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 2888 University of Mainz. 2889 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 2890 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 2891 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 2892 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2893 Portability: 2894 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 2895 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 2896 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 2897 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 2898 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 2899 work properly causing problems if the accept() 2900 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 2901 from Tom Moore of NCR. 2902 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 2903 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 2904 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 2905 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 2906 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 2907 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 2908 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2909 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 2910 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2911 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2912 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 2913 confCACERT CACERTFile 2914 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 2915 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 2916 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 2917 confRAND_FILE RandFile 2918 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 2919 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 2920 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 2921 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 2922 cf/README for more information. 2923 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 2924 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 2925 called due to a STARTTLS command. 2926 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 2927 instead of temporary. 2928 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 2929 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 2930 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 2931 Consulting. 2932 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 2933 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 2934 RootsWeb.com. 2935 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 2936 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 2937 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2938 University of Maryland. 2939 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2940 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2941 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2942 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2943 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2944 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2945 of the University of Alberta. 2946 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2947 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2948 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2949 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2950 of X.509 certificates. 2951 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2952 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 2953 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 2954 Universitat Regensburg. 2955 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 2956 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2957 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 2958 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2959 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 2960 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2961 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 2962 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 2963 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2964 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 2965 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 2966 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 2967 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 2968 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 2969 University. 2970 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 2971 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 2972 links. 2973 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 2974 reported. 2975 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 2976 Denman Tire Corporation. 2977 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 2978 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 2979 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 2980 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 2981 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 2982 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 2983 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 2984 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 2985 have a From line. 2986 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 2987 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 2988 Added Files: 2989 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 2990 contrib/cidrexpand 2991 contrib/link_hash.sh 2992 contrib/movemail.conf 2993 contrib/movemail.pl 2994 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 2995 test/t_snprintf.c 2996 29978.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 2998 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 2999 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 3000 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 3001 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 3002 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 3003 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 3004 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 3005 Added Files: 3006 test/t_setuid.c 3007 30088.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 3009 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 3010 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 3011 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 3012 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 3013 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 3014 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 3015 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 3016 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 3017 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 3018 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 3019 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 3020 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3021 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 3022 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 3023 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3024 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 3025 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 3026 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 3027 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 3028 or higher. 3029 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 3030 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 3031 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 3032 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 3033 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 3034 Polytechnic Institute. 3035 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 3036 discards the message. 3037 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 3038 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 3039 attempted to the alias. 3040 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 3041 flag options. 3042 Portability: 3043 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 3044 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 3045 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 3046 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 3047 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3048 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 3049 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 3050 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 3051 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 3052 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 3053 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 3054 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 3055 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 3056 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 3057 Services, LLC. 3058 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 3059 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 3060 Courtesan Consulting. 3061 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 3062 Siemens Business Services. 3063 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 3064 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 3065 of WSRCC. 3066 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 3067 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 3068 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 3069 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 3070 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 3071 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 3072 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 3073 of NEC. 3074 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 3075 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3076 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 3077 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 3078 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 3079 Virginia Tech. 3080 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 3081 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 3082 University. 3083 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 3084 for other internal projects but included in the open source 3085 release. 3086 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 3087 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 3088 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 3089 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 3090 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 3091 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 3092 Sendmail. 3093 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 3094 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 3095 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3096 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 3097 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 3098 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 3099 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 3100 Northern Illinois University. 3101 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 3102 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 3103 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 3104 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3105 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 3106 Polytechnique de Montreal. 3107 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 3108 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 3109 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 3110 Added Files: 3111 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 3112 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 3113 Deleted Files: 3114 contrib/converting.sun.configs 3115 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 3116 doc/intro 3117 doc/usenix 3118 doc/changes 3119 31208.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 3121 ************************************************************* 3122 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 3123 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 3124 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 3125 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 3126 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 3127 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 3128 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 3129 * coach, and a friend. * 3130 * * 3131 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 3132 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 3133 * Julie, we miss you! * 3134 ************************************************************* 3135 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 3136 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 3137 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 3138 symbolic link target. 3139 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 3140 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 3141 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3142 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 3143 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 3144 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 3145 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 3146 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3147 version of sendmail. 3148 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 3149 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 3150 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 3151 (IdS). 3152 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 3153 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 3154 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 3155 for easier code sharing among the programs. 3156 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 3157 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 3158 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 3159 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 3160 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 3161 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 3162 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3163 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3164 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3165 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3166 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3167 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3168 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3169 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3170 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3171 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3172 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3173 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3174 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3175 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3176 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3177 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3178 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3179 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3180 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3181 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3182 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3183 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3184 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3185 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3186 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3187 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3188 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3189 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3190 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3191 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3192 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3193 accordingly. 3194 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3195 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3196 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3197 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3198 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3199 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3200 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3201 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3202 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3203 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3204 InCert Software. 3205 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3206 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3207 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3208 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3209 a control socket request. 3210 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3211 settings: 3212 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3213 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3214 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3215 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3216 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3217 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3218 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3219 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3220 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3221 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3222 delivery attempt. 3223 Timeout.resolver.retry 3224 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3225 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3226 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3227 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3228 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3229 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3230 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3231 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3232 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3233 delivery attempt. 3234 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3235 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3236 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3237 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3238 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3239 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3240 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3241 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3242 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3243 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3244 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3245 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3246 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3247 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3248 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3249 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3250 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3251 Telecommunications Ltd. 3252 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3253 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3254 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3255 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3256 Inc. 3257 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3258 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3259 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3260 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3261 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3262 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3263 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3264 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3265 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3266 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3267 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3268 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3269 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3270 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3271 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3272 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3273 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3274 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3275 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3276 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3277 Ltd. 3278 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3279 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3280 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3281 example mailer might be: 3282 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3283 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3284 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3285 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3286 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3287 instead. 3288 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3289 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3290 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3291 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3292 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3293 flags. 3294 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3295 body of the original message on delivery status 3296 notifications. 3297 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3298 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3299 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3300 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3301 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3302 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3303 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3304 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3305 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3306 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3307 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3308 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3309 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3310 Conwell of Boston University. 3311 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3312 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3313 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3314 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3315 @Home Network. 3316 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3317 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3318 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3319 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3320 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3321 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3322 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3323 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3324 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3325 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3326 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3327 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3328 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3329 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3330 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3331 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3332 Mathias Herberts. 3333 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3334 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3335 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3336 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3337 in check_compat). 3338 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3339 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3340 option. 3341 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3342 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3343 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3344 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3345 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3346 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3347 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3348 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3349 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3350 is set. 3351 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3352 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3353 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3354 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3355 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3356 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3357 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3358 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3359 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3360 a denial-of-service attack. 3361 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3362 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3363 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3364 overflow attacks. 3365 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3366 alias recursion. 3367 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3368 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3369 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3370 directly before the newline. 3371 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3372 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3373 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3374 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3375 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3376 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3377 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3378 could not be opened. 3379 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3380 value of this option is macro expanded. 3381 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3382 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3383 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3384 (along with the already existing macros): 3385 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3386 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3387 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3388 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3389 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3390 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3391 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3392 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3393 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3394 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3395 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3396 loopback net. 3397 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3398 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3399 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3400 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3401 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3402 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3403 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3404 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3405 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3406 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3407 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3408 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3409 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3410 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3411 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 3412 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 3413 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 3414 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3415 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 3416 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 3417 Ericsson. 3418 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3419 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 3420 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 3421 of Ericsson. 3422 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 3423 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 3424 of Renaissance Internet Services. 3425 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 3426 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 3427 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 3428 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 3429 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 3430 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 3431 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3432 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 3433 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 3434 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 3435 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 3436 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 3437 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 3438 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3439 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 3440 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 3441 equate name. 3442 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 3443 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 3444 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 3445 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 3446 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 3447 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 3448 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 3449 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 3450 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 3451 David Cooley of Colby College. 3452 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 3453 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 3454 already decided the message will be passed to another host 3455 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 3456 Buckeridge Young Limited. 3457 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 3458 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 3459 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 3460 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 3461 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 3462 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 3463 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 3464 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 3465 of Stanford University. 3466 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 3467 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 3468 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 3469 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 3470 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 3471 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 3472 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 3473 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3474 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 3475 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 3476 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 3477 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 3478 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3479 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 3480 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 3481 attributes found in the match will be returned. 3482 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 3483 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 3484 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 3485 comma separated key and value strings. 3486 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 3487 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 3488 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 3489 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 3490 a single connection to that host. 3491 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 3492 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 3493 LDAP lookups. 3494 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 3495 resources. 3496 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 3497 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 3498 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 3499 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 3500 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 3501 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 3502 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 3503 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 3504 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 3505 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 3506 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 3507 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 3508 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 3509 with the name "*". 3510 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 3511 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 3512 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 3513 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 3514 matches to return. 3515 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 3516 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 3517 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 3518 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 3519 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 3520 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 3521 are defined. 3522 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 3523 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 3524 Tech. 3525 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 3526 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 3527 important if you have large classes. 3528 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 3529 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 3530 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3531 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 3532 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 3533 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 3534 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 3535 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 3536 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3537 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 3538 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 3539 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 3540 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 3541 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 3542 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 3543 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 3544 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 3545 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 3546 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 3547 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 3548 determined). For single processor machines, this change 3549 has no effect. 3550 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 3551 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3552 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 3553 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3554 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 3555 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 3556 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 3557 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 3558 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 3559 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 3560 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 3561 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 3562 connection-based denial of service attacks. 3563 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 3564 10 or higher. 3565 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 3566 information (from= syslog line). 3567 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 3568 equate (dsn=). 3569 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 3570 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 3571 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 3572 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3573 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 3574 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3575 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3576 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 3577 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3578 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 3579 the program as the default user and the default group, not 3580 the forward file user. This change also assures the 3581 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 3582 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 3583 Popovici of DNT Romania. 3584 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 3585 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 3586 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 3587 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 3588 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 3589 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 3590 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 3591 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 3592 helpful to know the sender of the message. 3593 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 3594 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3595 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 3596 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 3597 multiple files. 3598 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 3599 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 3600 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 3601 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 3602 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 3603 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 3604 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 3605 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 3606 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 3607 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 3608 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 3609 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 3610 length before the attempt. 3611 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 3612 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 3613 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 3614 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 3615 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 3616 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 3617 host status files, not all files. 3618 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 3619 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 3620 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 3621 Wonderworks Inc. 3622 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 3623 macro map class. This can be used to store information 3624 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 3625 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 3626 of Hannover. 3627 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 3628 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 3629 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 3630 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 3631 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 3632 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 3633 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 3634 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 3635 flag: 3636 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 3637 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 3638 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 3639 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 3640 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 3641 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 3642 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 3643 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 3644 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 3645 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 3646 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 3647 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 3648 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 3649 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3650 version. 3651 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 3652 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 3653 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 3654 if referencing a named ruleset. 3655 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 3656 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 3657 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 3658 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 3659 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 3660 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 3661 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 3662 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 3663 the University of Maryland. 3664 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 3665 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 3666 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 3667 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 3668 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 3669 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 3670 COMMANDS). 3671 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 3672 but for outgoing connections. 3673 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 3674 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 3675 a require authentication 3676 b bind to interface through which mail has 3677 been received 3678 c perform hostname canonification 3679 f require fully qualified hostname 3680 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 3681 command 3682 C don't perform hostname canonification 3683 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 3684 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 3685 h use name of interface for HELO command 3686 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 3687 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 3688 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 3689 Institutes of Health. 3690 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 3691 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3692 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 3693 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 3694 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3695 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 3696 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 3697 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 3698 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 3699 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 3700 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 3701 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 3702 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3703 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 3704 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 3705 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 3706 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 3707 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 3708 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 3709 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 3710 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 3711 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 3712 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 3713 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 3714 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3715 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 3716 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 3717 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 3718 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 3719 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 3720 timeout. 3721 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 3722 interface address structure when loading the system network 3723 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 3724 Nanoteq. 3725 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 3726 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 3727 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 3728 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 3729 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 3730 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 3731 on load average. 3732 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3733 Northern Illinois University. 3734 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 3735 envelope splitting has occurred. 3736 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 3737 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 3738 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 3739 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 3740 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 3741 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3742 Institute. 3743 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 3744 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 3745 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 3746 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 3747 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 3748 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 3749 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3750 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 3751 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3752 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 3753 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3754 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 3755 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 3756 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 3757 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3758 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 3759 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 3760 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 3761 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3762 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 3763 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 3764 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 3765 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3766 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 3767 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 3768 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3769 University. 3770 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 3771 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 3772 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 3773 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 3774 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 3775 ruleset lines as well. 3776 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 3777 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 3778 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 3779 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3780 Institute. 3781 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 3782 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 3783 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3784 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 3785 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 3786 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 3787 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 3788 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 3789 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 3790 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 3791 of Ericsson. 3792 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 3793 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 3794 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 3795 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3796 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 3797 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 3798 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 3799 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 3800 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 3801 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 3802 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 3803 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 3804 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 3805 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 3806 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 3807 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3808 University. 3809 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 3810 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 3811 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 3812 'sendmail -bs'. 3813 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 3814 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 3815 them in the .cf file. 3816 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 3817 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 3818 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 3819 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 3820 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 3821 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 3822 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 3823 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 3824 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3825 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 3826 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 3827 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 3828 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 3829 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3830 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 3831 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3832 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 3833 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 3834 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 3835 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 3836 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3837 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 3838 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 3839 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 3840 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 3841 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 3842 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3843 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 3844 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 3845 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 3846 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3847 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 3848 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 3849 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 3850 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 3851 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 3852 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3853 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 3854 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 3855 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 3856 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 3857 don't fail on ANY queries. 3858 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 3859 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 3860 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3861 Northern Illinois University. 3862 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 3863 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 3864 State University. 3865 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 3866 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3867 Northern Illinois University. 3868 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 3869 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 3870 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 3871 Portability: 3872 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 3873 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 3874 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 3875 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 3876 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3877 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 3878 This allows network interface probing to work 3879 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 3880 University of Iowa. 3881 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 3882 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 3883 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 3884 name. 3885 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 3886 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 3887 Virginia Tech. 3888 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 3889 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 3890 Amsterdam. 3891 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 3892 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 3893 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 3894 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 3895 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 3896 in building the operating system. Users can 3897 override the defaults by setting confCC and 3898 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 3899 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 3900 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 3901 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 3902 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 3903 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 3904 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3905 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 3906 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3907 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 3908 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 3909 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 3910 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3911 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 3912 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 3913 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 3914 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 3915 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 3916 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 3917 use that value in conf.h. 3918 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 3919 BITart Consulting. 3920 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 3921 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 3922 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 3923 Computer, Inc. 3924 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 3925 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 3926 of E I A. 3927 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 3928 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 3929 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 3930 fchown(2). 3931 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 3932 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 3933 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 3934 srandomdev(3). 3935 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 3936 setlogin(2). 3937 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3938 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3939 Siemens Business Services. 3940 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3941 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3942 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3943 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3944 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3945 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3946 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3947 Aerospace. 3948 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3949 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3950 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3951 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3952 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 3953 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 3954 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 3955 University. 3956 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 3957 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 3958 Technology Information Network. 3959 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 3960 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 3961 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3962 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 3963 and OpenBSD. 3964 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 3965 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 3966 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 3967 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3968 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 3969 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 3970 details. 3971 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 3972 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 3973 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 3974 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 3975 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3976 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 3977 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 3978 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 3979 Courtesan Consulting. 3980 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 3981 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 3982 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 3983 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 3984 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 3985 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 3986 multiple times. 3987 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 3988 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 3989 with From:). 3990 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 3991 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 3992 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 3993 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 3994 new functionality. 3995 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3996 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 3997 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 3998 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 3999 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 4000 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 4001 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 4002 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 4003 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 4004 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 4005 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 4006 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 4007 confPID_FILE PidFile 4008 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 4009 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 4010 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 4011 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 4012 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 4013 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 4014 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 4015 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 4016 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 4017 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 4018 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 4019 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 4020 which takes the options as argument and can be used 4021 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 4022 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 4023 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 4024 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 4025 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 4026 to "IPC $h". 4027 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 4028 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 4029 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 4030 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 4031 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 4032 value should be changed with care. 4033 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 4034 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 4035 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 4036 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 4037 complain. 4038 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 4039 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 4040 of Q7 Enterprises. 4041 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 4042 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 4043 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 4044 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 4045 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 4046 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 4047 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 4048 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 4049 of Northern Illinois University. 4050 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 4051 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 4052 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 4053 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 4054 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 4055 in it. 4056 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 4057 in class 'P' ($=P). 4058 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 4059 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 4060 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 4061 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 4062 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 4063 is added. 4064 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 4065 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 4066 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 4067 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 4068 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 4069 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 4070 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 4071 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 4072 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 4073 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 4074 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 4075 Hubert of University of Washington. 4076 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 4077 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 4078 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 4079 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 4080 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 4081 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 4082 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 4083 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 4084 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 4085 Services. 4086 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 4087 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4088 Aerospace. 4089 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 4090 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 4091 University and Brian Candler. 4092 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 4093 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4094 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 4095 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4096 Institute. 4097 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 4098 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 4099 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 4100 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 4101 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 4102 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 4103 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 4104 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 4105 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 4106 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4107 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 4108 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 4109 Willamette Industries, Inc. 4110 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 4111 converted to <user@d> 4112 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 4113 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 4114 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 4115 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 4116 performed. 4117 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 4118 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 4119 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4120 Institute. 4121 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 4122 be accessed by their numbers). 4123 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 4124 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 4125 of an address. 4126 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 4127 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 4128 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 4129 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 4130 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 4131 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 4132 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 4133 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 4134 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 4135 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4136 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 4137 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4138 Institute. 4139 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 4140 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 4141 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 4142 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 4143 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 4144 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 4145 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 4146 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 4147 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 4148 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 4149 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 4150 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4151 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 4152 University of California at Berkeley. 4153 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 4154 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4155 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 4156 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 4157 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4158 Corporation UK. 4159 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 4160 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 4161 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 4162 Yale University. 4163 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4164 be used for building. 4165 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4166 used for a fresh build. 4167 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4168 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4169 ranlib. 4170 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4171 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4172 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4173 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4174 Costales. 4175 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4176 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4177 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4178 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4179 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4180 of Siemens Business Services. 4181 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4182 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4183 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4184 torek. 4185 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4186 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4187 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4188 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4189 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4190 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4191 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4192 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4193 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4194 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4195 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4196 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4197 are in devtools/README. 4198 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4199 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4200 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4201 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4202 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4203 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4204 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4205 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4206 macro. 4207 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4208 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4209 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4210 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4211 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4212 Corporation. 4213 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4214 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4215 confMANROOTMAN. 4216 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4217 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4218 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4219 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4220 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4221 Communications. 4222 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4223 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4224 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4225 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4226 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4227 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4228 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4229 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4230 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4231 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4232 install-strip target. 4233 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4234 the others (if it exists). 4235 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4236 then the default ones. 4237 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4238 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4239 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4240 to set the S flag. 4241 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4242 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4243 Northern Illinois University. 4244 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4245 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4246 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4247 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4248 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4249 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4250 University. 4251 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4252 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4253 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4254 University. 4255 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4256 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4257 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4258 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4259 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4260 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4261 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4262 University. 4263 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4264 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4265 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4266 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4267 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4268 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4269 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4270 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4271 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4272 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4273 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4274 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4275 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4276 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4277 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4278 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4279 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4280 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4281 timeout to avoid starvation. 4282 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4283 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4284 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4285 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4286 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4287 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4288 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4289 of Maryland. 4290 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4291 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4292 sendmail configuration file. 4293 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4294 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4295 option. 4296 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4297 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4298 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4299 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4300 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4301 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4302 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4303 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4304 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4305 Corporation UK. 4306 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4307 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4308 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4309 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4310 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4311 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4312 Institute for Global Communications. 4313 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4314 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4315 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4316 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4317 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4318 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4319 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4320 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4321 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4322 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4323 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4324 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4325 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4326 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4327 Changed Files: 4328 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4329 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4330 which execute the actual Build script in 4331 devtools/bin. 4332 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4333 -mandoc as they were previously. 4334 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4335 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4336 required for Build). 4337 New Directories: 4338 devtools/M4/UNIX 4339 include 4340 libmilter 4341 libsmdb 4342 libsmutil 4343 vacation 4344 Renamed Directories: 4345 BuildTools => devtools 4346 src => sendmail 4347 Deleted Files: 4348 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4349 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4350 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4351 devtools/OS/SINIX 4352 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4353 New Files: 4354 INSTALL 4355 PGPKEYS 4356 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4357 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4358 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4359 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4360 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4361 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4362 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4363 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4364 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4365 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4366 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4367 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4368 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4369 contrib/domainmap.m4 4370 contrib/qtool.8 4371 contrib/qtool.pl 4372 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4373 devtools/M4/list.m4 4374 devtools/M4/string.m4 4375 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4376 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4377 devtools/OS/Darwin 4378 devtools/OS/GNU 4379 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4380 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4381 devtools/OS/m88k 4382 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4383 mail.local/Makefile 4384 mailstats/Makefile 4385 makemap/Makefile 4386 praliases/Makefile 4387 rmail/Makefile 4388 sendmail/Makefile 4389 sendmail/bf.h 4390 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4391 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4392 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4393 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4394 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4395 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4396 sendmail/timers.c 4397 sendmail/timers.h 4398 smrsh/Makefile 4399 vacation/Makefile 4400 Renamed Files: 4401 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4402 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4403 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4404 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4405 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4406 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4407 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4408 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4409 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4410 Copied Files: 4411 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 4412 44138.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 4414 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 4415 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 4416 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 4417 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 4418 Schools" project (IdS). 4419 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 4420 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 4421 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 4422 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4423 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 4424 when performing the MIME header length check. This 4425 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 4426 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 4427 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 4428 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 4429 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 4430 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4431 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 4432 ExecPC Internet Systems. 4433 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 4434 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 4435 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 4436 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 4437 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 4438 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 4439 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 4440 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 4441 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 4442 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4443 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 4444 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 4445 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 4446 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 4447 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 4448 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 4449 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 4450 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 4451 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 4452 group of the IETF. 4453 Portability: 4454 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 4455 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 4456 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 4457 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 4458 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 4459 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 4460 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 4461 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 4462 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 4463 Technical University of Denmark. 4464 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 4465 Supercomputer Center. 4466 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 4467 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 4468 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 4469 of Stanford University. 4470 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 4471 between different releases. Back out the 4472 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 4473 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 4474 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 4475 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 4476 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 4477 of Siemens/SNI. 4478 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4479 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 4480 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 4481 University of Brno. 4482 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 4483 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 4484 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4485 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 4486 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 4487 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4488 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 4489 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 4490 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 4491 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 4492 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4493 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 4494 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 4495 MIDS Europe. 4496 New Files: 4497 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 4498 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4499 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 4500 45018.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 4502 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 4503 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 4504 for a denial of service attack. 4505 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 4506 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4507 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 4508 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4509 Corporation UK. 4510 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 4511 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 4512 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 4513 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 4514 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 4515 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 4516 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 4517 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 4518 Internet Services. 4519 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 4520 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 4521 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 4522 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 4523 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 4524 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 4525 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4526 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 4527 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4528 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 4529 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 4530 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 4531 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 4532 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4533 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4534 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 4535 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 4536 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 4537 Internet Services. 4538 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 4539 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 4540 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 4541 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 4542 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 4543 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 4544 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 4545 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 4546 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 4547 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 4548 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 4549 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 4550 extended testing. 4551 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 4552 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 4553 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 4554 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 4555 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 4556 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4557 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 4558 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 4559 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 4560 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 4561 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4562 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 4563 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 4564 Network. 4565 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 4566 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 4567 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 4568 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 4569 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 4570 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 4571 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4572 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 4573 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 4574 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 4575 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 4576 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 4577 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 4578 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 4579 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 4580 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 4581 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4582 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 4583 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4584 Meteorological Institute. 4585 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4586 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 4587 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 4588 Portability: 4589 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 4590 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 4591 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 4592 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 4593 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 4594 reading network interface addresses into 4595 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 4596 Cal State University, Chico. 4597 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 4598 from changing the semantics of the compiled 4599 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 4600 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 4601 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 4602 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4603 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4604 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 4605 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 4606 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 4607 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 4608 of Sun Microsystems. 4609 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 4610 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4611 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 4612 of Bits Co., Ltd. 4613 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 4614 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4615 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 4616 of E I A. 4617 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 4618 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 4619 Information Center. 4620 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 4621 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4622 Institute. 4623 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 4624 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 4625 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 4626 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 4627 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4628 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 4629 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 4630 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 4631 Manawatu Internet Services. 4632 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 4633 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 4634 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 4635 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 4636 of Northern Illinois University. 4637 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 4638 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4639 Kiel. 4640 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 4641 Dot Com. 4642 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 4643 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4644 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4645 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 4646 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 4647 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 4648 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4649 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 4650 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4651 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 4652 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 4653 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 4654 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4655 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 4656 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4657 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 4658 the envelope From header. 4659 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 4660 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 4661 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 4662 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 4663 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 4664 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 4665 Portal Services, Inc. 4666 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 4667 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 4668 Sun Microsystems. 4669 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4670 New Files: 4671 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 4672 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 4673 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 4674 contrib/smcontrol.pl 4675 src/control.c 4676 46778.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 4678 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 4679 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 4680 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 4681 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 4682 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 4683 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 4684 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4685 Meteorological Institute. 4686 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 4687 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 4688 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4689 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 4690 installation commands. The man pages would still be 4691 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 4692 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4693 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 4694 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4695 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 4696 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 4697 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 4698 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 4699 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 4700 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 4701 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 4702 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 4703 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 4704 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 4705 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 4706 Flextech TV. 4707 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 4708 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 4709 DaveLtd Enterprises. 4710 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 4711 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 4712 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 4713 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 4714 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 4715 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 4716 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 4717 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 4718 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 4719 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 4720 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 4721 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 4722 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 4723 University. 4724 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 4725 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 4726 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 4727 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 4728 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 4729 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 4730 Portability: 4731 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 4732 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 4733 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 4734 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 4735 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 4736 of BSDI. 4737 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 4738 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 4739 PICT Inc. 4740 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 4741 J. P. McCann of E I A. 4742 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 4743 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 4744 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 4745 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 4746 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 4747 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4748 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 4749 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 4750 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4751 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 4752 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 4753 would not accept @@hostname. 4754 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 4755 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 4756 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 4757 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 4758 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4759 New Files: 4760 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 4761 47628.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 4763 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 4764 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 4765 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 4766 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 4767 which need the ability to override security can use the 4768 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 4769 information. 4770 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4771 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4772 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 4773 world writable directories. 4774 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 4775 it is in a world writable directory. 4776 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 4777 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 4778 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 4779 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4780 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4781 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 4782 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 4783 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4784 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 4785 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 4786 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 4787 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 4788 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 4789 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 4790 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 4791 default. 4792 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 4793 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 4794 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 4795 the University of Maryland. 4796 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 4797 of Cal State University, Chico. 4798 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 4799 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 4800 current version of Berkeley DB. 4801 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 4802 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 4803 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 4804 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 4805 of Maryland. 4806 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 4807 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 4808 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 4809 Microsystems. 4810 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 4811 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 4812 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 4813 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 4814 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 4815 mail.local on the F=z flag. 4816 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 4817 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 4818 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 4819 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 4820 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 4821 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 4822 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 4823 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4824 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4825 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 4826 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 4827 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 4828 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4829 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 4830 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 4831 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 4832 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 4833 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 4834 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 4835 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 4836 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 4837 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 4838 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 4839 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 4840 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 4841 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 4842 relaying entirely. 4843 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 4844 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 4845 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 4846 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 4847 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 4848 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 4849 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 4850 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4851 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 4852 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 4853 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 4854 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 4855 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4856 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 4857 sender for those failures. 4858 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 4859 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 4860 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 4861 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 4862 of Ericsson. 4863 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 4864 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 4865 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4866 of Procter & Gamble. 4867 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 4868 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 4869 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4870 of Procter & Gamble. 4871 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 4872 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 4873 of system security. This should only be used if you are 4874 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 4875 DontBlameSendmail options are: 4876 Safe 4877 AssumeSafeChown 4878 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 4879 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 4880 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 4881 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 4882 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 4883 GroupWritableAliasFile 4884 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 4885 WorldWritableAliasFile 4886 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4887 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4888 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 4889 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 4890 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4891 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4892 MapInUnsafeDirPath 4893 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 4894 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 4895 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 4896 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 4897 LinkedMapInWritableDir 4898 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 4899 FileDeliveryToHardLink 4900 FileDeliveryToSymLink 4901 WriteMapToHardLink 4902 WriteMapToSymLink 4903 WriteStatsToHardLink 4904 WriteStatsToSymLink 4905 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 4906 RunWritableProgram 4907 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 4908 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 4909 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 4910 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 4911 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 4912 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 4913 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 4914 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 4915 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 4916 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 4917 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 4918 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 4919 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 4920 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 4921 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 4922 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 4923 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 4924 contrast to the success case). 4925 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 4926 of the form: 4927 HHeader: $>Ruleset 4928 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 4929 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 4930 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 4931 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 4932 from hiding their connection information in Received: 4933 headers. 4934 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 4935 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 4936 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4937 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4938 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4939 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4940 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4941 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4942 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4943 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4944 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4945 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4946 remote identity can be queried. 4947 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4948 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4949 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4950 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4951 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4952 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 4953 some of the details are determined dynamically via 4954 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 4955 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 4956 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 4957 the new Build method which creates an operating system 4958 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 4959 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 4960 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4961 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 4962 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 4963 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 4964 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4965 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 4966 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 4967 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 4968 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 4969 This means that even if only one of the recipients 4970 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 4971 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 4972 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 4973 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 4974 of CNET: The Computer Network. 4975 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 4976 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 4977 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4978 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 4979 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 4980 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 4981 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 4982 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 4983 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 4984 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 4985 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 4986 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 4987 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4988 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 4989 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 4990 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4991 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 4992 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 4993 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 4994 Institute. 4995 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 4996 mail.local. 4997 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 4998 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 4999 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 5000 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 5001 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 5002 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5003 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 5004 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 5005 of InfoBeat, Inc. 5006 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 5007 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 5008 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 5009 mailstats command. 5010 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 5011 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 5012 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5013 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 5014 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 5015 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 5016 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5017 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 5018 Ericsson. 5019 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 5020 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 5021 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 5022 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 5023 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 5024 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 5025 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 5026 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 5027 Stratus Computer, Inc. 5028 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 5029 currently supported version. 5030 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 5031 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5032 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 5033 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 5034 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 5035 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5036 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 5037 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 5038 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 5039 message in error bounces. 5040 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 5041 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 5042 Digital Equipment Corporation. 5043 Portability: 5044 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 5045 of Kyoto University. 5046 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 5047 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 5048 Maryland. 5049 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 5050 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 5051 in Finland. 5052 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 5053 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5054 the University of Maryland. 5055 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 5056 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 5057 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5058 Meteorological Institute. 5059 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 5060 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 5061 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 5062 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 5063 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 5064 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 5065 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 5066 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 5067 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 5068 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 5069 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 5070 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5071 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 5072 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 5073 Microsystems. 5074 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 5075 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 5076 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 5077 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 5078 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 5079 directory for certain programs. 5080 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 5081 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 5082 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 5083 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 5084 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 5085 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 5086 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 5087 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 5088 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 5089 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 5090 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 5091 the user to setup different .forward files for 5092 user+detail addressing. 5093 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 5094 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 5095 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 5096 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 5097 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 5098 outside your domain). 5099 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 5100 any site to any site. 5101 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 5102 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 5103 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 5104 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 5105 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 5106 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 5107 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 5108 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 5109 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 5110 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 5111 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 5112 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 5113 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 5114 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 5115 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 5116 host names only. 5117 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 5118 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 5119 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 5120 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 5121 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 5122 needed for most installations. 5123 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 5124 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 5125 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 5126 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5127 the University of Maryland. 5128 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 5129 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 5130 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 5131 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 5132 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 5133 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 5134 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 5135 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 5136 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 5137 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 5138 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 5139 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 5140 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 5141 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 5142 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 5143 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 5144 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 5145 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 5146 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 5147 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 5148 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 5149 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 5150 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 5151 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 5152 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 5153 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 5154 above for more information. 5155 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 5156 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5157 Meteorological Institute. 5158 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 5159 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 5160 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 5161 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 5162 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5163 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5164 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5165 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5166 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5167 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5168 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5169 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5170 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5171 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5172 CMU (now of Netscape). 5173 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5174 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5175 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5176 read mail.local/README. 5177 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5178 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5179 University of Maryland. 5180 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5181 University, Chico. 5182 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5183 Meteorological Institute. 5184 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5185 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5186 University of Maryland. 5187 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5188 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5189 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5190 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5191 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5192 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5193 Braunschweig. 5194 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5195 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5196 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5197 Changed Files: 5198 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5199 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5200 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5201 New Files: 5202 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5203 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5204 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5205 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5206 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5207 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5208 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5209 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5210 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5211 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5212 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5213 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5214 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5215 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5216 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5217 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5218 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5219 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5220 BuildTools/README 5221 BuildTools/Site/README 5222 BuildTools/bin/Build 5223 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5224 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5225 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5226 Makefile 5227 cf/cf/Build 5228 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5229 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5230 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5231 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5232 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5233 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5234 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5235 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5236 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5237 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5238 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5239 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5240 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5241 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5242 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5243 mail.local/Build 5244 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5245 mail.local/README 5246 mailstats/Build 5247 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5248 makemap/Build 5249 makemap/Makefile.m4 5250 praliases/Build 5251 praliases/Makefile.m4 5252 rmail/Build 5253 rmail/Makefile.m4 5254 rmail/rmail.0 5255 smrsh/Build 5256 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5257 src/Build 5258 src/Makefile.m4 5259 src/snprintf.c 5260 Deleted Files: 5261 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5262 mail.local/Makefile 5263 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5264 mailstats/Makefile 5265 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5266 makemap/Makefile 5267 makemap/Makefile.dist 5268 praliases/Makefile 5269 praliases/Makefile.dist 5270 rmail/Makefile 5271 smrsh/Makefile 5272 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5273 src/Makefile 5274 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5275 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5276 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5277 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5278 Renamed Files: 5279 READ_ME => README 5280 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5281 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5282 src/READ_ME => src/README 5283 52848.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5285 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5286 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5287 Meteorological Institute. 5288 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5289 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5290 Arseneault of SRI International. 5291 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5292 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5293 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5294 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5295 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5296 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5297 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5298 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5299 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5300 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5301 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5302 River Systems. 5303 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5304 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5305 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5306 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5307 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5308 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5309 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5310 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5311 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5312 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5313 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5314 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5315 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5316 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5317 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5318 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5319 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5320 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5321 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5322 results during a single message processing (but would 5323 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5324 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5325 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5326 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5327 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5328 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5329 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5330 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5331 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5332 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5333 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5334 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5335 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5336 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5337 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5338 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5339 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5340 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5341 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5342 Associates. 5343 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5344 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5345 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5346 could cause confusing error messages. 5347 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5348 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5349 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5350 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5351 SuperNet, Inc. 5352 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5353 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5354 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5355 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5356 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5357 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5358 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5359 dropped. 5360 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5361 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5362 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5363 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5364 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5365 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5366 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5367 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5368 Institute. 5369 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5370 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5371 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5372 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5373 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5374 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5375 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5376 Minor lint fixes. 5377 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5378 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5379 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5380 of Stanford University. 5381 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5382 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5383 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5384 Portability: 5385 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5386 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5387 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5388 Electronic Data Systems. 5389 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5390 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5391 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5392 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5393 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5394 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5395 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5396 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5397 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5398 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5399 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5400 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5401 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5402 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5403 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5404 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5405 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5406 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5407 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5408 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5409 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5410 Services. 5411 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 5412 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5413 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 5414 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 5415 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 5416 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 5417 Services VAS. 5418 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5419 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 5420 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 5421 Ericsson. 5422 54238.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 5424 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 5425 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 5426 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 5427 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 5428 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 5429 GmbH. 5430 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 5431 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 5432 of Technology, Stockholm. 5433 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 5434 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 5435 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 5436 that these routines are included as though they were in the 5437 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 5438 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 5439 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 5440 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 5441 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 5442 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 5443 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 5444 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 5445 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 5446 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 5447 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 5448 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 5449 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 5450 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 5451 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 5452 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 5453 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 5454 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 5455 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 5456 have to assume that the information is good. 5457 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 5458 open or locked. 5459 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 5460 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 5461 errors during testing. 5462 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 5463 printed in the error message. 5464 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 5465 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 5466 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 5467 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 5468 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 5469 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 5470 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 5471 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 5472 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 5473 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 5474 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 5475 runner runs during a critical section in another message 5476 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 5477 Results Computing. 5478 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 5479 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 5480 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 5481 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 5482 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5483 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 5484 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 5485 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 5486 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 5487 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 5488 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 5489 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 5490 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 5491 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 5492 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 5493 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 5494 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 5495 simultaneously. 5496 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 5497 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 5498 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 5499 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 5500 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5501 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 5502 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 5503 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 5504 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5505 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 5506 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 5507 CSU Chico. 5508 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 5509 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 5510 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 5511 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5512 Portability: 5513 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 5514 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 5515 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 5516 be used instead. 5517 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 5518 of Argonne National Laboratory. 5519 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5520 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5521 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 5522 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 5523 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 5524 in Makefiles. 5525 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 5526 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 5527 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 5528 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 5529 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 5530 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 5531 NCR Corp. 5532 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 5533 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5534 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 5535 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 5536 Resource Network 5537 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 5538 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 5539 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 5540 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 5541 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 5542 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 5543 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 5544 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 5545 Corp. 5546 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 5547 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 5548 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 5549 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 5550 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 5551 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 5552 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 5553 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 5554 PlainTalk. 5555 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 5556 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 5557 by Harry Styron. 5558 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 5559 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 5560 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 5561 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 5562 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 5563 changed after open". 5564 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 5565 files. 5566 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 5567 NEW FILES: 5568 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 5569 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 5570 test/t_exclopen.c 5571 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 5572 DELETED FILES: 5573 Makefile 5574 55758.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 5576 ************************************************************* 5577 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 5578 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 5579 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 5580 * continued sendmail development. * 5581 ************************************************************* 5582 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 5583 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 5584 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 5585 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 5586 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 5587 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 5588 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 5589 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 5590 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 5591 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 5592 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 5593 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 5594 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 5595 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 5596 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 5597 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 5598 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5599 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5600 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 5601 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 5602 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 5603 another database; this can be used either to expose 5604 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 5605 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 5606 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 5607 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 5608 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 5609 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 5610 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 5611 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 5612 system directories. 5613 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 5614 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 5615 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 5616 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 5617 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 5618 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 5619 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 5620 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 5621 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 5622 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 5623 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 5624 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 5625 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 5626 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 5627 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 5628 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 5629 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 5630 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 5631 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 5632 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 5633 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 5634 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 5635 NFS-mounted filesystems. 5636 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 5637 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 5638 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 5639 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 5640 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 5641 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 5642 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 5643 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 5644 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5645 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 5646 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5647 same host). 5648 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 5649 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 5650 from Theo de Raadt. 5651 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 5652 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 5653 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5654 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 5655 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 5656 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 5657 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 5658 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 5659 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5660 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 5661 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 5662 Microsystems. 5663 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 5664 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 5665 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5666 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 5667 too large) don't send the bogus message. 5668 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 5669 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 5670 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5671 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 5672 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 5673 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 5674 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 5675 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 5676 Shapiro. 5677 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 5678 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 5679 Sun Microsystems. 5680 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 5681 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 5682 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 5683 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 5684 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 5685 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 5686 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 5687 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 5688 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 5689 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 5690 Mercury Mail. 5691 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 5692 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 5693 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 5694 Morgan Stanley. 5695 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 5696 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 5697 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 5698 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5699 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 5700 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 5701 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 5702 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 5703 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 5704 not be run. 5705 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 5706 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 5707 printing. 5708 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 5709 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 5710 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5711 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 5712 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 5713 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 5714 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 5715 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 5716 erroneous results during a single message processing 5717 (but would recover when the next message was received). 5718 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 5719 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 5720 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 5721 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 5722 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 5723 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 5724 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 5725 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 5726 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 5727 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 5728 address as "may be forged". 5729 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 5730 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 5731 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 5732 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 5733 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 5734 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 5735 of TwinCom. 5736 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 5737 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 5738 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 5739 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 5740 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 5741 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 5742 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 5743 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 5744 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5745 Institute. 5746 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 5747 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 5748 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 5749 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 5750 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 5751 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 5752 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 5753 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 5754 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 5755 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 5756 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 5757 book (2nd edition). 5758 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 5759 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 5760 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 5761 John Beck of SunSoft. 5762 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 5763 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 5764 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 5765 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 5766 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 5767 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 5768 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 5769 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 5770 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 5771 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 5772 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 5773 returns. 5774 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 5775 on some architectures. 5776 Portability: 5777 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 5778 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 5779 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 5780 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 5781 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 5782 of Washington. 5783 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 5784 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 5785 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5786 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 5787 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 5788 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 5789 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 5790 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 5791 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 5792 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5793 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 5794 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 5795 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 5796 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 5797 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 5798 Cambridge. 5799 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 5800 Kari Hurtta. 5801 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 5802 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 5803 IRIX Makefile). 5804 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 5805 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5806 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 5807 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 5808 Brian Candler. 5809 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 5810 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 5811 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5812 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 5813 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 5814 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5815 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 5816 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 5817 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 5818 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 5819 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 5820 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5821 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 5822 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 5823 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 5824 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 5825 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 5826 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 5827 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 5828 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5829 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 5830 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 5831 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 5832 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 5833 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 5834 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 5835 was specified, even when it wasn't. 5836 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 5837 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 5838 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 5839 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 5840 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 5841 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 5842 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 5843 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 5844 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 5845 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 5846 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 5847 developers). 5848 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 5849 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 5850 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5851 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 5852 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 5853 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 5854 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 5855 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 5856 NEXTSTEP. 5857 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 5858 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 5859 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 5860 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 5861 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5862 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 5863 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 5864 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 5865 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 5866 for system accounts. 5867 NEW FILES: 5868 src/safefile.c 5869 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 5870 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 5871 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 5872 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 5873 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 5874 RENAMED FILES: 5875 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 5876 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 5877 58788.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 5879 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 5880 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 5881 even if RunAsUser is specified. 5882 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 5883 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 5884 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5885 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 5886 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 5887 University of Pennsylvania. 5888 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 5889 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 5890 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 5891 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 5892 was unnecessarily awful. 5893 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 5894 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 5895 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 5896 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 5897 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 5898 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 5899 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 5900 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 5901 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5902 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 5903 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5904 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 5905 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 5906 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5907 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 5908 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 5909 Semiconductor Corp. 5910 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 5911 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 5912 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 5913 at Austin. 5914 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 5915 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 5916 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 5917 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 5918 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5919 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 5920 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 5921 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 5922 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 5923 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 5924 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 5925 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 5926 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 5927 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 5928 Costales. 5929 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 5930 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 5931 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 5932 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 5933 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 5934 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 5935 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 5936 The current values and defaults are: 5937 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5938 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5939 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5940 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5941 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5942 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5943 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5944 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5945 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5946 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5947 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5948 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5949 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5950 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5951 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5952 Eric Hagberg. 5953 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 5954 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 5955 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 5956 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 5957 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 5958 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 5959 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 5960 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5961 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 5962 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 5963 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 5964 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 5965 Communications. 5966 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 5967 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 5968 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 5969 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5970 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 5971 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 5972 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 5973 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 5974 PORTABILITY: 5975 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 5976 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 5977 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 5978 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 5979 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5980 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 5981 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 5982 (Moscow). 5983 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 5984 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 5985 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 5986 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 5987 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 5988 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 5989 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 5990 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 5991 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 5992 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 5993 Received: line. 5994 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 5995 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 5996 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 5997 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 5998 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 5999 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 6000 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 6001 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 6002 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 6003 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 6004 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 6005 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 6006 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 6007 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 6008 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 6009 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 6010 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 6011 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 6012 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 6013 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 6014 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6015 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 6016 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 6017 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 6018 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 6019 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 6020 Long Beach. 6021 60228.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 6023 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 6024 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 6025 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 6026 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 6027 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 6028 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 6029 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 6030 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 6031 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 6032 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 6033 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 6034 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 6035 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 6036 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 6037 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 6038 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 6039 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 6040 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 6041 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6042 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 6043 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 6044 Problem noted by several people. 6045 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 6046 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 6047 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 6048 by several people. 6049 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 6050 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 6051 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 6052 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 6053 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 6054 of Best Internet Communications. 6055 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 6056 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 6057 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 6058 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 6059 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 6060 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 6061 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 6062 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 6063 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 6064 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 6065 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 6066 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 6067 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6068 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 6069 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 6070 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 6071 by Roy Mongiovi. 6072 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 6073 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6074 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 6075 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 6076 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 6077 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 6078 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 6079 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 6080 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 6081 of Kyoto University. 6082 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 6083 conditions from Don Lewis. 6084 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 6085 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 6086 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 6087 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 6088 patch from Bryan Costales. 6089 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6090 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 6091 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 6092 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 6093 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 6094 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 6095 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 6096 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 6097 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 6098 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 6099 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 6100 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 6101 of Tokyo. 6102 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 6103 Services, Inc. 6104 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 6105 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 6106 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 6107 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 6108 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 6109 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 6110 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 6111 than one long one. By popular demand. 6112 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 6113 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 6114 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 6115 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 6116 of NTT Software Corporation. 6117 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 6118 NEW FILES: 6119 contrib/etrn.pl 6120 61218.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 6122 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 6123 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 6124 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 6125 best-of-security list. 6126 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 6127 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 6128 should make it clearer to people that they are running 6129 the wrong binary. 6130 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 6131 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 6132 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 6133 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 6134 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 6135 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 6136 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 6137 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 6138 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6139 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 6140 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6141 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 6142 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 6143 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 6144 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 6145 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 6146 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 6147 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 6148 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 6149 Eric Wassenaar. 6150 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 6151 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 6152 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 6153 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 6154 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 6155 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 6156 UUNET. 6157 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 6158 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 6159 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 6160 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 6161 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 6162 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6163 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6164 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6165 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6166 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6167 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6168 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6169 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6170 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6171 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6172 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6173 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6174 University of Linkoping. 6175 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6176 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6177 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6178 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6179 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6180 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6181 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6182 other end. 6183 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6184 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6185 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6186 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6187 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6188 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6189 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6190 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6191 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6192 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6193 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6194 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6195 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6196 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6197 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6198 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6199 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6200 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6201 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6202 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6203 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6204 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6205 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6206 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6207 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6208 Earickson of Colby College. 6209 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6210 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6211 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6212 Kari Hurtta. 6213 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6214 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6215 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6216 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6217 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6218 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6219 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6220 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6221 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6222 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6223 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6224 University of Washington, Seattle. 6225 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6226 Polytechnic Institute. 6227 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6228 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6229 NEW FILES: 6230 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6231 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6232 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6233 62348.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6235 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6236 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6237 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6238 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6239 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6240 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6241 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6242 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6243 CONFIG: no changes. 6244 62458.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6246 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6247 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6248 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6249 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6250 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6251 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6252 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6253 of WPI. 6254 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6255 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6256 Kyoto University. 6257 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6258 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6259 on illegal host names. 6260 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6261 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6262 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6263 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6264 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6265 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6266 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6267 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6268 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6269 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6270 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6271 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6272 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6273 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6274 University of Leicester. 6275 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6276 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6277 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6278 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6279 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6280 University of Washington. 6281 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6282 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6283 people pointed this out. 6284 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6285 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6286 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6287 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6288 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6289 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6290 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6291 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6292 Softec. 6293 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6294 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6295 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6296 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6297 62988.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6299 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6300 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6301 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6302 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6303 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6304 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6305 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6306 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6307 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6308 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6309 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6310 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6311 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6312 NSC (Japan). 6313 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6314 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6315 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6316 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6317 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6318 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6319 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6320 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6321 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6322 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6323 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6324 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6325 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6326 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6327 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6328 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6329 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6330 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6331 printout. 6332 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6333 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6334 square braces. 6335 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6336 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6337 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6338 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6339 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6340 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6341 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6342 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6343 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6344 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6345 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6346 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6347 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6348 Dandelion Digital. 6349 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6350 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6351 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6352 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6353 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6354 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6355 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6356 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6357 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6358 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6359 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6360 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6361 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6362 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6363 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6364 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6365 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6366 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6367 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6368 mailers. 6369 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6370 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6371 Myers of CMU. 6372 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6373 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6374 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6375 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6376 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6377 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6378 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6379 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6380 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6381 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6382 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6383 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6384 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6385 parameter. 6386 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6387 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6388 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6389 University of Maryland. 6390 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6391 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6392 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6393 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6394 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6395 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6396 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6397 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6398 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6399 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6400 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6401 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6402 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6403 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6404 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6405 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6406 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6407 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6408 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6409 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6410 section 5.2.5. 6411 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 6412 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 6413 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 6414 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 6415 is for incoming connections only. 6416 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 6417 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 6418 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 6419 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 6420 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 6421 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 6422 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 6423 (e.g., due to connection caching). 6424 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 6425 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 6426 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 6427 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 6428 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 6429 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 6430 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 6431 that take a very long time to run. 6432 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 6433 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 6434 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 6435 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 6436 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 6437 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6438 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 6439 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 6440 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6441 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 6442 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 6443 Costales. 6444 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 6445 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 6446 Technologies, Inc. 6447 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 6448 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 6449 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 6450 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 6451 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 6452 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 6453 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 6454 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 6455 different for this case. 6456 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 6457 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 6458 of Stanford University. 6459 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 6460 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 6461 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 6462 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6463 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 6464 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 6465 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 6466 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 6467 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 6468 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6469 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 6470 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 6471 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 6472 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 6473 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 6474 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 6475 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 6476 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 6477 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 6478 Pasteur Institute. 6479 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 6480 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 6481 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 6482 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 6483 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 6484 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 6485 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 6486 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 6487 canonification. 6488 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 6489 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 6490 mailers. 6491 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 6492 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 6493 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 6494 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 6495 either of these in their configuration file. 6496 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 6497 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 6498 St. Peter's College. 6499 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 6500 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 6501 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 6502 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6503 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 6504 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6505 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 6506 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 6507 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 6508 Costales. 6509 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 6510 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 6511 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 6512 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 6513 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 6514 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 6515 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 6516 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 6517 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 6518 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 6519 in rulesets. 6520 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 6521 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 6522 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 6523 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 6524 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 6525 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 6526 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 6527 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 6528 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 6529 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 6530 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 6531 on that basis. 6532 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 6533 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 6534 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 6535 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 6536 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 6537 Vixie. 6538 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 6539 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 6540 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 6541 See also the src/READ_ME file. 6542 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 6543 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 6544 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 6545 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 6546 two characters $, +. 6547 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 6548 debug_dumpstate. 6549 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 6550 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 6551 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 6552 valid recipients. 6553 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 6554 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 6555 noted by Tom May. 6556 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 6557 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 6558 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 6559 Beck of InReference, Inc. 6560 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 6561 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 6562 Computing Corporation. 6563 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 6564 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 6565 Internet Communications. 6566 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 6567 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 6568 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 6569 of Lysator. 6570 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 6571 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 6572 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 6573 of the University of Iceland. 6574 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 6575 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 6576 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 6577 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 6578 this change is a no-op. 6579 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 6580 Costales. 6581 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 6582 Bryan Costales. 6583 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 6584 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6585 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 6586 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6587 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 6588 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6589 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 6590 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 6591 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 6592 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6593 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 6594 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 6595 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 6596 Jones of UUNET. 6597 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 6598 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 6599 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6600 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 6601 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 6602 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 6603 easily determine what messages are to their role as 6604 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 6605 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 6606 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 6607 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 6608 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 6609 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 6610 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 6611 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 6612 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 6613 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 6614 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 6615 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 6616 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 6617 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 6618 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 6619 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 6620 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 6621 of Stanford University. 6622 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 6623 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 6624 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 6625 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 6626 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 6627 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 6628 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 6629 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 6630 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 6631 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 6632 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 6633 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 6634 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6635 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 6636 Motonori Nakamura. 6637 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 6638 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 6639 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 6640 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 6641 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 6642 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 6643 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 6644 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 6645 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 6646 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 6647 value is ".hoststat". 6648 There are also two new operation modes: 6649 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 6650 connections. 6651 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 6652 recent status information. 6653 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 6654 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 6655 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 6656 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 6657 framework is gratefully appreciated. 6658 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 6659 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 6660 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 6661 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 6662 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 6663 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 6664 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 6665 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 6666 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 6667 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 6668 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 6669 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 6670 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 6671 Costales. 6672 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 6673 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6674 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 6675 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 6676 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 6677 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6678 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 6679 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 6680 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 6681 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 6682 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 6683 Webmasters. 6684 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 6685 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 6686 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 6687 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 6688 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 6689 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 6690 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 6691 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 6692 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 6693 of Washington, Seattle. 6694 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 6695 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 6696 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 6697 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 6698 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 6699 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 6700 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 6701 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 6702 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 6703 Nakamura. 6704 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 6705 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 6706 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 6707 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 6708 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 6709 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 6710 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 6711 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 6712 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 6713 well constrained. 6714 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 6715 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 6716 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 6717 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 6718 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 6719 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 6720 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 6721 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 6722 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 6723 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 6724 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 6725 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 6726 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 6727 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 6728 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 6729 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 6730 Wolfhugel. 6731 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 6732 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 6733 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 6734 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 6735 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6736 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 6737 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6738 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 6739 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 6740 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 6741 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 6742 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 6743 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 6744 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 6745 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 6746 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 6747 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 6748 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 6749 National University of Singapore. 6750 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 6751 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 6752 system can't cope with. 6753 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6754 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 6755 Atlas International. 6756 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 6757 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 6758 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 6759 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 6760 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 6761 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 6762 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 6763 Bernstein and Associates. 6764 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 6765 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 6766 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 6767 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 6768 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6769 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 6770 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 6771 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 6772 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 6773 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 6774 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 6775 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 6776 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 6777 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6778 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 6779 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6780 Institute. 6781 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 6782 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 6783 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 6784 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 6785 Employment Standards Administration. 6786 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 6787 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 6788 Jr. 6789 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 6790 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 6791 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 6792 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 6793 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 6794 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 6795 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 6796 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 6797 of the University of Arizona. 6798 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 6799 Vanderbilt University. 6800 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 6801 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 6802 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 6803 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 6804 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 6805 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6806 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 6807 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 6808 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 6809 Foundation. 6810 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 6811 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 6812 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 6813 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 6814 Myers of CMU. 6815 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 6816 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 6817 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 6818 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 6819 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 6820 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 6821 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 6822 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 6823 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 6824 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 6825 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 6826 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 6827 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 6828 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 6829 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 6830 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 6831 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 6832 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6833 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 6834 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 6835 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 6836 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 6837 info@foo.com foo-info 6838 info@bar.com bar-info 6839 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 6840 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 6841 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 6842 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 6843 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 6844 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 6845 a great many people. 6846 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 6847 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 6848 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 6849 "fax" mailer. 6850 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 6851 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 6852 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 6853 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 6854 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 6855 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 6856 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 6857 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 6858 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 6859 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 6860 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 6861 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 6862 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 6863 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 6864 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 6865 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 6866 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 6867 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 6868 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 6869 of WPI. 6870 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 6871 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 6872 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6873 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 6874 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 6875 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 6876 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 6877 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 6878 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 6879 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6880 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 6881 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 6882 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 6883 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 6884 by Andreas Luik. 6885 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 6886 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 6887 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6888 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 6889 Wolfhugel. 6890 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 6891 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 6892 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 6893 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 6894 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 6895 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 6896 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 6897 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 6898 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 6899 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 6900 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 6901 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 6902 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 6903 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 6904 Costales. 6905 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6906 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 6907 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 6908 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6909 NEW FILES: 6910 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 6911 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 6912 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 6913 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 6914 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 6915 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 6916 mailstats/mailstats.8 6917 praliases/praliases.8 6918 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 6919 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 6920 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 6921 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 6922 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 6923 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 6924 cf/ostype/altos.m4 6925 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 6926 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 6927 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 6928 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 6929 DELETED FILES: 6930 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 6931 contrib/xla/README 6932 contrib/xla/xla.c 6933 RENAMED FILES: 6934 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 6935 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 6936 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6937 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6938 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6939 69408.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6941 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6942 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6943 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6944 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6945 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6946 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6947 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6948 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6949 69508.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6951 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6952 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 6953 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 6954 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 6955 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 6956 and others. 6957 69588.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 6959 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6960 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6961 any user (except root). 6962 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6963 version number is unchanged. 6964 69658.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 6966 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 6967 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 6968 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6969 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 6970 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 6971 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 6972 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 6973 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 6974 Costales. 6975 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6976 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 6977 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 6978 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 6979 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 6980 Stanford University. 6981 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 6982 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6983 69848.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 6985 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 6986 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 6987 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 6988 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 6989 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 6990 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 6991 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 6992 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 6993 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 6994 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 6995 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 6996 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 6997 by Kari Hurtta. 6998 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 6999 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 7000 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 7001 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 7002 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 7003 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 7004 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 7005 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 7006 bounces when it should have requeued. 7007 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 7008 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 7009 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 7010 John Hawkinson of Panix. 7011 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 7012 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 7013 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 7014 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 7015 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 7016 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 7017 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 7018 Infobiogen. 7019 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 7020 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 7021 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 7022 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 7023 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 7024 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 7025 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 7026 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 7027 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 7028 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7029 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 7030 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 7031 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7032 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 7033 underscores. 7034 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 7035 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 7036 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7037 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 7038 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 7039 included even if the user did not request success notification, 7040 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7041 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 7042 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 7043 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 7044 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 7045 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 7046 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 7047 Costales of ICSI. 7048 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 7049 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 7050 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 7051 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 7052 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 7053 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 7054 Technological University. 7055 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 7056 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 7057 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 7058 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7059 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 7060 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 7061 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 7062 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 7063 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 7064 to have the database format of the alias files without the 7065 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 7066 Inc. 7067 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 7068 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 7069 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 7070 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 7071 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 7072 University. 7073 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 7074 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 7075 Association for Progressive Communications. 7076 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 7077 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 7078 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 7079 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 7080 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 7081 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 7082 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 7083 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7084 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 7085 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 7086 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 7087 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 7088 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 7089 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 7090 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 7091 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 7092 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 7093 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 7094 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7095 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 7096 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 7097 James B. Davis of TCI. 7098 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 7099 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7100 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 7101 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 7102 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 7103 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 7104 isn't supported on all compilers. 7105 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 7106 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 7107 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 7108 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 7109 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 7110 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 7111 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 7112 (France). 7113 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 7114 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 7115 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 7116 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 7117 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 7118 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 7119 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 7120 for different files. 7121 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 7122 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 7123 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7124 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 7125 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 7126 changes). 7127 71288.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 7129 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 7130 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 7131 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 7132 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7133 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 7134 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 7135 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 7136 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 7137 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 7138 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7139 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 7140 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 7141 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 7142 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 7143 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 7144 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 7145 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 7146 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 7147 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 7148 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 7149 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 7150 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 7151 results. This could have security implications. 7152 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 7153 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 7154 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 7155 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 7156 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 7157 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 7158 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 7159 Elz. 7160 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 7161 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 7162 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7163 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7164 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7165 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7166 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7167 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7168 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7169 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7170 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7171 domain names are your friends. 7172 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7173 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7174 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7175 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7176 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7177 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7178 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7179 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7180 of TerraNet. 7181 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7182 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7183 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7184 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7185 of WPI. 7186 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7187 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7188 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7189 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7190 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7191 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7192 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7193 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7194 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7195 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7196 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7197 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7198 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7199 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7200 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7201 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7202 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7203 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7204 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7205 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7206 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7207 Infobiogen (France). 7208 NEW FILES: 7209 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7210 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7211 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7212 72138.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7214 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7215 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7216 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7217 Global Communications. 7218 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7219 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7220 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7221 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7222 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7223 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7224 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7225 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7226 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7227 can be confusing. 7228 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7229 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7230 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7231 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7232 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7233 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7234 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7235 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7236 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7237 Maryland. 7238 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7239 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7240 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7241 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7242 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7243 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7244 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7245 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7246 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7247 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7248 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7249 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7250 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7251 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7252 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7253 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7254 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7255 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7256 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7257 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7258 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7259 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7260 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7261 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7262 Swarthmore University. 7263 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7264 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7265 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7266 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7267 ruleset. 7268 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7269 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7270 -d debug flag. 7271 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7272 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7273 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7274 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7275 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7276 and the parsed address. 7277 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7278 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7279 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7280 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7281 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7282 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7283 recipients. 7284 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7285 return the result. 7286 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7287 `mapname' and return the result. 7288 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7289 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7290 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7291 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7292 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7293 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7294 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7295 that functionality. 7296 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7297 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7298 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7299 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7300 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7301 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7302 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7303 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7304 of Michigan Technological University. 7305 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7306 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7307 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7308 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7309 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7310 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7311 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7312 or not. 7313 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7314 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7315 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7316 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7317 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7318 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7319 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7320 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7321 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7322 should have minimal impact on external function. 7323 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7324 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7325 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7326 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7327 7 SevenBitInput 7328 8 EightBitMode 7329 A AliasFile 7330 a AliasWait 7331 B BlankSub 7332 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7333 C CheckpointInterval 7334 c HoldExpensive 7335 D AutoRebuildAliases 7336 d DeliveryMode 7337 E ErrorHeader 7338 e ErrorMode 7339 f SaveFromLine 7340 F TempFileMode 7341 G MatchGECOS 7342 H HelpFile 7343 h MaxHopCount 7344 i IgnoreDots 7345 I ResolverOptions 7346 J ForwardPath 7347 j SendMimeErrors 7348 k ConnectionCacheSize 7349 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7350 L LogLevel 7351 l UseErrorsTo 7352 m MeToo 7353 n CheckAliases 7354 O DaemonPortOptions 7355 o OldStyleHeaders 7356 P PostmasterCopy 7357 p PrivacyOptions 7358 Q QueueDirectory 7359 q QueueFactor 7360 R DontPruneRoutes 7361 r, T Timeout 7362 S StatusFile 7363 s SuperSafe 7364 t TimeZoneSpec 7365 u DefaultUser 7366 U UserDatabaseSpec 7367 V FallbackMXHost 7368 v Verbose 7369 w TryNullMXList 7370 x QueueLA 7371 X RefuseLA 7372 Y ForkEachJob 7373 y RecipientFactor 7374 z ClassFactor 7375 Z RetryFactor 7376 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7377 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7378 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7379 $l UnixFromLine 7380 $o OperatorChars 7381 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7382 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7383 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7384 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7385 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7386 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7387 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7388 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7389 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7390 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7391 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7392 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7393 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7394 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7395 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7396 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7397 A Addresses are aliasable. 7398 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7399 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7400 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7401 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7402 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7403 recipient mailer flags. 7404 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7405 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7406 delivery. 7407 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7408 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7409 : Check for :include: on this address. 7410 | Check for |program on this address. 7411 / Check for /file on this address. 7412 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 7413 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 7414 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 7415 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 7416 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 7417 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 7418 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7419 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 7420 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 7421 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 7422 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 7423 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 7424 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 7425 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 7426 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 7427 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 7428 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 7429 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 7430 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 7431 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 7432 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 7433 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 7434 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 7435 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 7436 (essentially, the full MIME option). 7437 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 7438 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 7439 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 7440 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 7441 flag is ignored. 7442 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 7443 the setting of F=8. 7444 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 7445 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 7446 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 7447 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 7448 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 7449 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 7450 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 7451 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 7452 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 7453 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 7454 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 7455 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 7456 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 7457 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 7458 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 7459 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 7460 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 7461 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 7462 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 7463 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 7464 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 7465 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 7466 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 7467 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 7468 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 7469 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 7470 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 7471 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 7472 Unicom. 7473 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 7474 fashion as the U= mailer option. 7475 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 7476 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 7477 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 7478 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 7479 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 7480 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 7481 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 7482 from Chip Rosenthal. 7483 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 7484 For example, 7485 O Timeout.helo = 2m 7486 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 7487 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 7488 set them both the preferred new syntax is 7489 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 7490 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 7491 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 7492 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 7493 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 7494 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 7495 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 7496 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 7497 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 7498 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 7499 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 7500 contribution was to make it configurable). 7501 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 7502 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 7503 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 7504 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 7505 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 7506 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 7507 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 7508 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 7509 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 7510 I/O redirection. 7511 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 7512 can be confusing. 7513 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 7514 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 7515 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 7516 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 7517 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 7518 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 7519 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 7520 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 7521 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 7522 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 7523 queue-only. 7524 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 7525 :include: and .forward files. 7526 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 7527 key field name, the value field name, and the field 7528 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 7529 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 7530 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 7531 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 7532 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7533 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 7534 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 7535 Sun Microsystems. 7536 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 7537 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 7538 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 7539 Hutton of Indiana University. 7540 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 7541 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 7542 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 7543 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 7544 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 7545 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7546 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 7547 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 7548 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 7549 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 7550 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 7551 as comments. 7552 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 7553 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 7554 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 7555 are from sysexits.h. 7556 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 7557 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 7558 Kmap1 ... 7559 Kmap2 ... 7560 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 7561 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 7562 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 7563 map2 is searched and the value returned. 7564 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 7565 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 7566 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 7567 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 7568 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 7569 For example, if the declaration of the map is 7570 Ksample switch hosts 7571 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 7572 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 7573 equivalent to 7574 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 7575 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 7576 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 7577 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 7578 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 7579 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 7580 the -m (matchonly) flag. 7581 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 7582 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 7583 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 7584 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 7585 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 7586 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 7587 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 7588 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 7589 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 7590 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 7591 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 7592 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 7593 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 7594 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 7595 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 7596 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 7597 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 7598 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 7599 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 7600 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 7601 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 7602 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 7603 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 7604 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 7605 an /etc/hosts entry reads 7606 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 7607 this change will use the second name as the canonical 7608 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 7609 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 7610 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 7611 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 7612 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 7613 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 7614 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 7615 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 7616 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 7617 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 7618 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 7619 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 7620 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 7621 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 7622 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 7623 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 7624 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7625 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 7626 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 7627 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 7628 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 7629 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 7630 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 7631 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 7632 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 7633 much longer than the specified timeout. 7634 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 7635 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 7636 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 7637 denial-of-service attack. 7638 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 7639 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 7640 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7641 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 7642 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 7643 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 7644 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 7645 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 7646 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 7647 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 7648 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 7649 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 7650 actually file lookups. 7651 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 7652 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 7653 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 7654 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 7655 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 7656 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 7657 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 7658 support for them has been removed. 7659 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 7660 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 7661 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 7662 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 7663 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 7664 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 7665 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 7666 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 7667 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 7668 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 7669 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 7670 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 7671 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 7672 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 7673 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 7674 also improves the connection cache utilization. 7675 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 7676 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 7677 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 7678 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 7679 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 7680 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 7681 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 7682 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 7683 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 7684 Microsystems. 7685 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 7686 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 7687 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 7688 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 7689 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 7690 option can give the network software time to establish 7691 the link. The default units are seconds. 7692 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 7693 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 7694 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 7695 Defense Information Systems Agency. 7696 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 7697 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 7698 the National Computer Security Center. 7699 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 7700 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 7701 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 7702 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 7703 the mailprio scripts (see below). 7704 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 7705 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 7706 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 7707 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 7708 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 7709 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 7710 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 7711 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 7712 University Computing Service. 7713 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 7714 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 7715 the University of Kentucky. 7716 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 7717 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 7718 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 7719 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 7720 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 7721 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 7722 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 7723 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 7724 Corporation. 7725 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 7726 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 7727 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 7728 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 7729 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 7730 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 7731 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 7732 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 7733 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 7734 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 7735 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 7736 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 7737 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 7738 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 7739 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 7740 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 7741 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 7742 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 7743 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 7744 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 7745 Communications. 7746 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 7747 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 7748 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 7749 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 7750 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 7751 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 7752 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 7753 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 7754 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 7755 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 7756 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 7757 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7758 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 7759 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 7760 on values: 7761 None Leave the message as is. The 7762 message will be passed on even 7763 though it is in technically 7764 illegal syntax. 7765 Add-To Add a To: header with any 7766 recipients that it can find from 7767 the envelope. This risks exposing 7768 Bcc: recipients. 7769 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 7770 has almost no redeeming social value, 7771 and is provided only for back 7772 compatibility. 7773 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 7774 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 7775 which will have the effect of 7776 making the message legal without 7777 exposing Bcc: recipients. 7778 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 7779 There is a chance that mailers down 7780 the line will delete this header, 7781 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 7782 recipients. 7783 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 7784 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 7785 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 7786 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 7787 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 7788 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 7789 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 7790 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 7791 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 7792 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 7793 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 7794 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 7795 For example, if you run with 7796 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 7797 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 7798 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 7799 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 7800 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 7801 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 7802 entries. For example, given the aliases: 7803 list: member1 7804 list: member2 7805 and an alias file declared as: 7806 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 7807 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 7808 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 7809 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7810 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 7811 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 7812 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 7813 Johannesen. 7814 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 7815 to be simpler and more consistent. 7816 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 7817 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 7818 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 7819 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7820 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 7821 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 7822 This may affect some people who have written their own 7823 checkcompat() routine. 7824 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 7825 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 7826 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 7827 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 7828 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 7829 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 7830 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 7831 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 7832 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 7833 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 7834 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 7835 Corporation. 7836 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 7837 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 7838 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 7839 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 7840 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 7841 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 7842 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 7843 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 7844 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 7845 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 7846 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 7847 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 7848 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 7849 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 7850 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 7851 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 7852 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 7853 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 7854 the header. 7855 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7856 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 7857 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 7858 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 7859 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 7860 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 7861 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 7862 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 7863 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 7864 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 7865 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 7866 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 7867 is added between the first and second word of the first 7868 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 7869 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 7870 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 7871 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 7872 old sendmails understand. 7873 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 7874 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 7875 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 7876 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 7877 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 7878 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 7879 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 7880 data -- for example, 7881 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 7882 (romanized/less information) 7883 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 7884 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 7885 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 7886 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 7887 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 7888 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 7889 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 7890 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 7891 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 7892 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 7893 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 7894 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 7895 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 7896 Eric Prestemon of American University. 7897 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 7898 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 7899 increment on the background value). 7900 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 7901 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 7902 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7903 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 7904 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 7905 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 7906 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 7907 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 7908 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 7909 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 7910 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 7911 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 7912 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 7913 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 7914 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 7915 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 7916 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 7917 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 7918 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 7919 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 7920 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 7921 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 7922 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 7923 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 7924 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 7925 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 7926 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 7927 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 7928 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 7929 service type is "files". 7930 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 7931 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 7932 into class "c". 7933 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 7934 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 7935 contributed by SunSoft. 7936 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7937 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7938 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7939 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7940 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7941 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7942 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7943 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7944 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7945 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7946 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7947 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7948 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7949 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7950 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7951 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7952 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 7953 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 7954 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 7955 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 7956 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 7957 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 7958 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 7959 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 7960 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 7961 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 7962 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 7963 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 7964 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 7965 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 7966 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 7967 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 7968 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 7969 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 7970 flags. 7971 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 7972 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 7973 Motonori Nakamura. 7974 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 7975 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 7976 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 7977 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 7978 of MIT. 7979 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 7980 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 7981 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 7982 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 7983 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 7984 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 7985 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 7986 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 7987 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 7988 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 7989 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 7990 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 7991 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 7992 the make. 7993 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 7994 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 7995 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 7996 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 7997 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 7998 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 7999 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 8000 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 8001 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 8002 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 8003 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 8004 of Sun Microsystems. 8005 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 8006 is at least 50% faster. 8007 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 8008 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 8009 University. 8010 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 8011 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8012 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 8013 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 8014 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 8015 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 8016 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 8017 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 8018 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 8019 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 8020 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 8021 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 8022 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 8023 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 8024 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 8025 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 8026 Carnegie Mellon. 8027 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 8028 support. 8029 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 8030 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 8031 Global Information Solutions. 8032 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 8033 From Motonori Nakamura. 8034 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 8035 Motonori Nakamura. 8036 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 8037 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 8038 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 8039 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 8040 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 8041 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 8042 James of British Telecom. 8043 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 8044 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 8045 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 8046 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 8047 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 8048 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 8049 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 8050 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 8051 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 8052 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 8053 a bad guy can read your private files. 8054 PORTABILITY FIXES: 8055 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 8056 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 8057 University. This expands the disk size 8058 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 8059 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 8060 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 8061 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 8062 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 8063 Linux Makefile typo. 8064 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 8065 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 8066 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 8067 University, Chico. 8068 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 8069 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 8070 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 8071 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 8072 This requires adaptation of code that really 8073 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 8074 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 8075 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 8076 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 8077 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 8078 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 8079 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 8080 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 8081 problems. 8082 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 8083 match all the other configuration files. Fix 8084 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 8085 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 8086 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 8087 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 8088 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 8089 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 8090 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 8091 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 8092 Wemm of DIALix. 8093 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 8094 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 8095 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 8096 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 8097 of Ohio State University. 8098 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 8099 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 8100 University. 8101 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 8102 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 8103 Mainz. 8104 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 8105 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 8106 wrong statfs call). 8107 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 8108 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 8109 University. 8110 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8111 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 8112 Rochester Medical Center. 8113 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 8114 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 8115 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 8116 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 8117 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 8118 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 8119 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 8120 Division. 8121 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 8122 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 8123 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 8124 Durand of I.M.A.G. 8125 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 8126 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 8127 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 8128 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 8129 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 8130 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 8131 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8132 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 8133 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 8134 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 8135 of Meteo France. 8136 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 8137 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 8138 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 8139 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 8140 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 8141 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 8142 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 8143 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 8144 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 8145 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 8146 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 8147 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 8148 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 8149 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 8150 of Colorado. 8151 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 8152 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 8153 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 8154 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 8155 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 8156 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 8157 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 8158 on the file, but it should be quite small. 8159 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 8160 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 8161 giving the local administrator more control over what 8162 programs can be run from sendmail. 8163 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8164 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8165 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8166 never will. 8167 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8168 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8169 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8170 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8171 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8172 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8173 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8174 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8175 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8176 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8177 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8178 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8179 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8180 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8181 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8182 or 8183 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8184 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8185 can use: 8186 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8187 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8188 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8189 compatibility. 8190 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8191 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8192 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8193 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8194 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8195 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8196 County. 8197 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8198 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8199 just unqualified ones. 8200 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8201 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8202 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8203 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8204 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8205 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8206 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8207 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8208 centralized hub. 8209 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8210 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8211 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8212 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8213 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8214 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8215 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8216 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8217 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8218 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8219 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8220 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8221 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8222 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8223 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8224 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8225 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8226 but it is a no-op. 8227 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8228 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8229 as User Unknown. 8230 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8231 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8232 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8233 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8234 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8235 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8236 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8237 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8238 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8239 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8240 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8241 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8242 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8243 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8244 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8245 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8246 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8247 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8248 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8249 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8250 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8251 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8252 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8253 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8254 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8255 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8256 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8257 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8258 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8259 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8260 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8261 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8262 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8263 assumed. 8264 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8265 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8266 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8267 Information Systems Agency. 8268 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8269 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8270 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8271 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8272 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8273 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8274 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8275 that really can be used in the real world. 8276 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8277 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8278 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8279 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8280 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8281 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8282 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8283 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8284 by Scott Hutton. 8285 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8286 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8287 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8288 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8289 people. 8290 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8291 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8292 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8293 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8294 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8295 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8296 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8297 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8298 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8299 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8300 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8301 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8302 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8303 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8304 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8305 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8306 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8307 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8308 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8309 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8310 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8311 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8312 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8313 by Kimmo Suominen. 8314 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8315 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8316 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8317 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8318 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8319 NEW FILES: 8320 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8321 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8322 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8323 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8324 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8325 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8326 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8327 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8328 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8329 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8330 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8331 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8332 cf/domain/generic.m4 8333 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8334 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8335 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8336 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8337 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8338 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8339 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8340 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8341 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8342 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8343 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8344 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8345 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8346 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8347 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8348 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8349 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8350 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8351 contrib/bsdi.mc 8352 contrib/mailprio 8353 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8354 mail.local/mail.local.0 8355 makemap/makemap.0 8356 smrsh/README 8357 smrsh/smrsh.0 8358 smrsh/smrsh.8 8359 smrsh/smrsh.c 8360 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8361 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8362 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8363 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8364 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8365 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8366 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8367 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8368 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8369 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8370 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8371 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8372 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8373 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8374 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8375 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8376 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8377 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8378 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8379 src/aliases.0 8380 src/mailq.0 8381 src/mime.c 8382 src/newaliases.0 8383 src/sendmail.0 8384 test/t_seteuid.c 8385 RENAMED FILES: 8386 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8387 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8388 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8389 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8390 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8391 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8392 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8393 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8394 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8395 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8396 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8397 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8398 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8399 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8400 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8401 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8402 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8403 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8404 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8405 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8406 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8407 OBSOLETED FILES: 8408 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8409 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8410 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8411 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 8412 cf/cf/knecht.mc 8413 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 8414 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 8415 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 8416 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8417 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8418 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 8419 contrib/rcpt-streaming 8420 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8421 84228.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 8423 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 8424 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 8425 any user (except root). 8426 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 8427 version number is unchanged. 8428 84298.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 8430 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 8431 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 8432 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 8433 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 8434 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 8435 each other!). 8436 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 8437 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 8438 than fork(). 8439 84408.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 8441 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 8442 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 8443 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 8444 message when attempted from IDENT. 8445 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 8446 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 8447 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 8448 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 8449 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 8450 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 8451 partial lines. 8452 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 8453 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 8454 Rob McMahon. 8455 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 8456 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 8457 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 8458 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 8459 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 8460 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 8461 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 8462 Novell Labs Europe. 8463 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 8464 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 8465 Cal State Chico. 8466 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 8467 *Hobbit*. 8468 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 8469 and Liudvikas Bukys. 8470 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 8471 from Spider Boardman. 8472 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8473 with the binaries). 8474 84758.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 8476 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 8477 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 8478 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 8479 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 8480 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 8481 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 8482 implications. 8483 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 8484 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 8485 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 8486 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 8487 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 8488 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 8489 University of Texas. 8490 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 8491 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 8492 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 8493 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 8494 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 8495 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 8496 Data General. 8497 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 8498 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 8499 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 8500 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 8501 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 8502 with a lot of arguments). 8503 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 8504 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 8505 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 8506 Michigan. 8507 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 8508 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 8509 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 8510 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 8511 Thibault. 8512 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 8513 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 8514 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 8515 some of the map code. 8516 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8517 with the binaries). 8518 85198.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 8520 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 8521 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 8522 may have some security implications. 8523 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 8524 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 8525 Hill of the University of Iowa. 8526 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 8527 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 8528 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 8529 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 8530 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 8531 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 8532 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 8533 option. 8534 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 8535 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 8536 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 8537 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 8538 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 8539 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 8540 Rochester. 8541 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 8542 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 8543 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 8544 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 8545 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 8546 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 8547 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 8548 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 8549 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 8550 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 8551 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 8552 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 8553 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 8554 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 8555 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 8556 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 8557 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 8558 messages. 8559 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 8560 message to explain how much space was available and 8561 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 8562 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 8563 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 8564 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 8565 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 8566 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 8567 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 8568 moves things more towards what will probably become a 8569 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 8570 Kapor Enterprises. 8571 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 8572 without recompiling. 8573 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 8574 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 8575 purely cosmetic. 8576 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 8577 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 8578 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 8579 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 8580 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 8581 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 8582 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 8583 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 8584 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 8585 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 8586 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 8587 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 8588 Wolfhugel. 8589 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 8590 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 8591 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 8592 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 8593 refused" response, and that the connection can be 8594 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 8595 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 8596 size around and can never start listening to connections 8597 again. The down side is that someone could start up 8598 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 8599 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 8600 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 8601 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 8602 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 8603 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 8604 implications. 8605 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 8606 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 8607 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 8608 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 8609 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 8610 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 8611 doc directory. This includes some additional 8612 information. 8613 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 8614 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 8615 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 8616 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 8617 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 8618 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 8619 loop the mail, which was bad news. 8620 Portability fixes: 8621 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 8622 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8623 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 8624 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 8625 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8626 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 8627 Newcastle upon Tyne. 8628 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 8629 Corporation. 8630 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 8631 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 8632 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8633 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 8634 New Files: 8635 src/Makefile.CLIX 8636 src/Makefile.NCR3000 8637 doc/changes/Makefile 8638 doc/changes/changes.me 8639 doc/changes/changes.ps 8640 86418.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 8642 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 8643 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 8644 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 8645 86468.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 8647 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 8648 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 8649 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 8650 list. 8651 86528.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 8653 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 8654 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 8655 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 8656 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 8657 valid shell. 8658 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 8659 in the connection cache for a long time under some 8660 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 8661 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 8662 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 8663 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 8664 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 8665 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 8666 from a local user to another local user. From 8667 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8668 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 8669 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 8670 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8671 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 8672 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 8673 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 8674 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 8675 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 8676 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 8677 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 8678 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 8679 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 8680 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 8681 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 8682 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 8683 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 8684 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 8685 BSD-like system. 8686 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 8687 protocol entirely. 8688 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 8689 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 8690 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 8691 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 8692 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 8693 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 8694 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 8695 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 8696 files. 8697 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 8698 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 8699 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 8700 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 8701 of CMU. 8702 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 8703 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 8704 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 8705 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 8706 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 8707 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 8708 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 8709 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 8710 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 8711 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 8712 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 8713 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 8714 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 8715 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 8716 security implications. Suggested by several people. 8717 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 8718 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 8719 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 8720 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 8721 Motonori Nakamura. 8722 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 8723 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 8724 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 8725 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 8726 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 8727 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 8728 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8729 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 8730 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 8731 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 8732 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 8733 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 8734 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 8735 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 8736 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 8737 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 8738 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 8739 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 8740 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 8741 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 8742 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8743 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 8744 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 8745 didn't see the class items being added. 8746 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 8747 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 8748 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 8749 Rutgers. 8750 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 8751 but sets h_errno to a success value. 8752 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 8753 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 8754 address specified in the P option). This fix should 8755 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 8756 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 8757 the problem myself. 8758 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 8759 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 8760 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 8761 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 8762 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 8763 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 8764 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 8765 UUNET. 8766 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 8767 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 8768 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 8769 John Oleynick. 8770 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 8771 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 8772 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 8773 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 8774 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 8775 Nakamura. 8776 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 8777 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 8778 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 8779 University of Washington. 8780 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 8781 don't have an ``=value'' part. 8782 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 8783 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 8784 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 8785 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 8786 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 8787 of Cambridge University. 8788 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 8789 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 8790 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 8791 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 8792 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 8793 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 8794 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 8795 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 8796 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 8797 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 8798 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 8799 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 8800 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 8801 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 8802 a chance. 8803 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 8804 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 8805 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 8806 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 8807 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 8808 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 8809 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 8810 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 8811 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 8812 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 8813 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 8814 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 8815 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 8816 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 8817 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 8818 size for various mailers. 8819 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 8820 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 8821 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8822 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 8823 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 8824 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 8825 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 8826 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 8827 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 8828 system. 8829 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 8830 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 8831 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 8832 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 8833 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 8834 Michel of Thomson CSF. 8835 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 8836 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 8837 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 8838 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 8839 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 8840 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 8841 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 8842 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 8843 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 8844 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 8845 University of Sydney. 8846 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 8847 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 8848 This is because of the known bug where definition of 8849 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 8850 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 8851 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 8852 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 8853 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 8854 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 8855 Suominen. 8856 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 8857 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 8858 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 8859 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 8860 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 8861 Suominen. 8862 Portability fixes: 8863 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 8864 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 8865 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 8866 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 8867 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 8868 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8869 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 8870 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 8871 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 8872 NEW FILES: 8873 src/Makefile.DomainOS 8874 src/Makefile.PTX 8875 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 8876 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 8877 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8878 src/mailq.1 8879 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 8880 doc/op/Makefile 8881 doc/intro/Makefile 8882 doc/usenix/Makefile 8883 88848.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 8885 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 8886 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 8887 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 8888 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 8889 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 8890 permissions they should not have had (usually group 8891 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 8892 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 8893 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 8894 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 8895 Although this does not respond to a specific known 8896 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 8897 Christian Wettergren. 8898 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 8899 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 8900 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 8901 program by putting that in their .forward file. 8902 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 8903 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 8904 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 8905 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 8906 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 8907 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 8908 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 8909 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 8910 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 8911 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 8912 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 8913 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 8914 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 8915 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 8916 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 8917 connection to create problems on the current job. 8918 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 8919 the wrong place. 8920 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 8921 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 8922 problem that ignored the load average in locally 8923 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 8924 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 8925 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 8926 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 8927 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 8928 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 8929 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 8930 when sending error messages. This resulted in 8931 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 8932 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 8933 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 8934 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 8935 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 8936 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8937 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8938 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8939 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8940 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8941 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8942 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8943 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8944 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8945 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8946 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8947 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8948 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8949 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8950 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8951 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8952 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 8953 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 8954 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 8955 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 8956 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 8957 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 8958 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 8959 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 8960 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 8961 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 8962 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 8963 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 8964 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 8965 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 8966 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 8967 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 8968 dot convention. 8969 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 8970 of from a clean exit. 8971 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 8972 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 8973 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 8974 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 8975 as the subject of an error message, even though the 8976 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 8977 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 8978 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 8979 Jones of UUNET. 8980 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 8981 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 8982 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 8983 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 8984 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 8985 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 8986 says that they should be ignored. 8987 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 8988 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 8989 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 8990 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 8991 is not reentrant. 8992 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 8993 documented in the Bat Book. 8994 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 8995 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 8996 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 8997 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 8998 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 8999 code during some parts of connection initialization. 9000 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 9001 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 9002 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 9003 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 9004 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9005 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 9006 of Kyoto University. 9007 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 9008 From P{r Emanuelsson. 9009 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 9010 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 9011 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 9012 Bryan Costales. 9013 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 9014 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 9015 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 9016 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 9017 Nakamura. 9018 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 9019 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 9020 illegal addresses appearing there). 9021 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 9022 BB&N. 9023 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 9024 included. 9025 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 9026 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 9027 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 9028 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 9029 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 9030 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 9031 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 9032 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 9033 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 9034 by the other end closing the connection. From 9035 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 9036 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 9037 to include a host name or other useful information. 9038 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 9039 DeMarco. 9040 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 9041 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 9042 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 9043 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 9044 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 9045 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 9046 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 9047 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 9048 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 9049 this properly). 9050 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 9051 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 9052 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 9053 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 9054 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 9055 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 9056 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 9057 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 9058 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 9059 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 9060 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 9061 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 9062 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 9063 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 9064 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 9065 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 9066 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 9067 of the Institute for Global Communications. 9068 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 9069 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 9070 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 9071 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 9072 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 9073 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 9074 Portability fixes for: 9075 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 9076 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 9077 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 9078 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 9079 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 9080 of Stoner Associates. 9081 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 9082 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 9083 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 9084 of Maryland. 9085 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 9086 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9087 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 9088 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 9089 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 9090 RISC/os. 9091 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 9092 at Chico. 9093 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 9094 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 9095 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 9096 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 9097 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 9098 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 9099 since this is intended only for internal use, the 9100 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 9101 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 9102 addresses when relaying internally. 9103 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 9104 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 9105 provided by Peter Wemm. 9106 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 9107 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 9108 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 9109 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 9110 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 9111 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 9112 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 9113 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 9114 names. 9115 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 9116 rather than letting them get "local configuration 9117 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 9118 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 9119 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 9120 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 9121 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 9122 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 9123 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 9124 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 9125 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 9126 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 9127 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 9128 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 9129 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 9130 of Georgia Tech. 9131 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 9132 Jim Murray of Stratus. 9133 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 9134 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 9135 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 9136 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 9137 the local name prepended. 9138 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 9139 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 9140 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 9141 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 9142 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 9143 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 9144 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 9145 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 9146 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 9147 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 9148 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 9149 :include: files and accounts that have shells 9150 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 9151 cause some .forward files that have worked 9152 before to start failing. 9153 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 9154 NEW FILES: 9155 src/Makefile.DGUX 9156 src/Makefile.Dynix 9157 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 9158 src/Makefile.Mach386 9159 src/Makefile.NetBSD 9160 src/Makefile.RISCos 9161 src/Makefile.SCO 9162 src/Makefile.SVR4 9163 src/Makefile.Titan 9164 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9165 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9166 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9167 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9168 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9169 makemap/Makefile.dist 9170 praliases/Makefile.dist 9171 91728.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9173 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9174 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9175 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9176 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9177 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9178 class of attack. 9179 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9180 in a few critical places. 9181 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9182 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9183 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9184 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9185 and High-Energy Physics. 9186 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9187 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9188 Eric Wassenaar. 9189 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9190 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9191 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9192 Wassenaar. 9193 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9194 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9195 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9196 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9197 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9198 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9199 these can have different values depending on which 9200 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9201 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9202 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9203 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9204 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9205 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9206 postmaster" case. 9207 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9208 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9209 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9210 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9211 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9212 Christopher Davis. 9213 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9214 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9215 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9216 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9217 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9218 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9219 92208.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9221 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9222 addresses that get return-receipts. 9223 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9224 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9225 and end up sending the message several times. 9226 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9227 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9228 four hours". 9229 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9230 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9231 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9232 Cornell University Medical College. 9233 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9234 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9235 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9236 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9237 Wassenaar. 9238 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9239 connections fail during message collection. From 9240 Eric Wassenaar. 9241 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9242 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9243 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9244 Stratus. 9245 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9246 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9247 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9248 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9249 by non-root users were not put into 9250 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9251 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9252 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9253 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9254 could get confused as to whether a database was 9255 open or not. 9256 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9257 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9258 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9259 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9260 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9261 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9262 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9263 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9264 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9265 92668.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9267 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9268 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9269 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9270 propagated to the queue file. 9271 92728.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9273 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9274 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9275 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9276 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9277 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9278 header files but don't have the syscall. 9279 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9280 if trymx == FALSE. 9281 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9282 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9283 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9284 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9285 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9286 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9287 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9288 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9289 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9290 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9291 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9292 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9293 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9294 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9295 Kanbe. 9296 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9297 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9298 Wisner of The Well. 9299 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9300 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9301 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9302 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9303 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9304 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9305 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9306 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9307 read permission. 9308 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9309 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9310 MX suppression will still work. 9311 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9312 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9313 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9314 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9315 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9316 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9317 Nakamura. 9318 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9319 "CX $Z" works. 9320 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9321 trying to send the original message if the connection 9322 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9323 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9324 by John Myers of CMU. 9325 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9326 term bug. 9327 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9328 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9329 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9330 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9331 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9332 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9333 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9334 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9335 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9336 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9337 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9338 level. 9339 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9340 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9341 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9342 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9343 address. 9344 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9345 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9346 Harvey Mudd College. 9347 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9348 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9349 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9350 their full name information. 9351 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9352 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9353 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9354 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9355 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9356 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9357 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9358 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9359 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9360 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9361 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9362 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9363 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9364 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9365 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9366 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9367 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9368 names. 9369 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9370 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9371 helpful. 9372 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9373 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9374 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9375 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9376 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9377 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9378 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9379 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9380 that claims to be itself works properly. 9381 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9382 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9383 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9384 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9385 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9386 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9387 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9388 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9389 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9390 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9391 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9392 scratch. 9393 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9394 true address to still send to the original address 9395 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9396 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9397 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9398 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9399 more trouble than it was worth. 9400 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9401 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9402 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9403 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9404 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9405 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9406 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9407 the queue. 9408 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9409 messages don't come out with stale information. 9410 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9411 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 9412 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 9413 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 9414 Myers of CMU. 9415 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 9416 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 9417 Corrigan. 9418 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 9419 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 9420 sender address. 9421 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 9422 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 9423 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 9424 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 9425 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 9426 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 9427 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 9428 that does bulk data transfer). 9429 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 9430 Amir Plivatsky. 9431 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 9432 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 9433 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 9434 bogus config files that were not caught. 9435 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 9436 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 9437 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 9438 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 9439 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 9440 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 9441 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 9442 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 9443 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 9444 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 9445 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 9446 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 9447 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 9448 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 9449 opened or if running with no database format defined. 9450 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 9451 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9452 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 9453 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 9454 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 9455 Melbourne. 9456 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 9457 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 9458 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 9459 to match regular entries. 9460 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 9461 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 9462 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 9463 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 9464 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 9465 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 9466 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 9467 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 9468 error message so that the "subject" line of return 9469 messages is the best possible. 9470 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 9471 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 9472 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 9473 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 9474 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 9475 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 9476 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9477 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 9478 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 9479 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 9480 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 9481 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 9482 on the address. 9483 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 9484 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 9485 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 9486 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 9487 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9488 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 9489 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 9490 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 9491 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 9492 addresses in any detail. 9493 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 9494 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 9495 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 9496 with an address such as "!foo". 9497 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 9498 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 9499 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 9500 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 9501 Bret Marquis. 9502 95038.5/8.5 1993/07/23 9504 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 9505 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 9506 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 9507 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9508 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 9509 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 9510 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 9511 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 9512 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 9513 Nakamura. 9514 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 9515 are no DNS records matching the name. 9516 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 9517 original message was received ... from localhost". 9518 The correct original host information is now included. 9519 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 9520 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 9521 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 9522 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 9523 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 9524 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 9525 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 9526 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 9527 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 9528 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 9529 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 9530 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 9531 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 9532 95338.4/8.4 1993/07/22 9534 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 9535 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 9536 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 9537 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 9538 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 9539 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 9540 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 9541 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 9542 are really configuration errors. This option is 9543 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 9544 UIUC sendmail. 9545 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 9546 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 9547 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 9548 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 9549 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 9550 by Neil Rickert. 9551 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 9552 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 9553 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 9554 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 9555 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 9556 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 9557 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 9558 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 9559 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 9560 of dickering with error handling (see below). 9561 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 9562 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 9563 humans. 9564 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 9565 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 9566 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 9567 repaired). 9568 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 9569 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 9570 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 9571 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 9572 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 9573 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 9574 connection rather than sending QUIT. 9575 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 9576 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 9577 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 9578 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 9579 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9580 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 9581 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 9582 core dumps on some machines. 9583 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 9584 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 9585 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 9586 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 9587 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 9588 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 9589 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 9590 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 9591 some true error conditions. 9592 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 9593 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 9594 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 9595 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 9596 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 9597 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 9598 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 9599 by Motonori Nakamura. 9600 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 9601 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 9602 caused error messages to be handled differently during 9603 a queue run than a direct run. 9604 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 9605 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 9606 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 9607 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 9608 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 9609 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 9610 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 9611 restart it. 9612 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 9613 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 9614 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 9615 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 9616 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 9617 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 9618 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 9619 is appropriately functional. 9620 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 9621 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 9622 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 9623 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 9624 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 9625 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 9626 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 9627 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 9628 Technologies. 9629 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 9630 process group id. The original fix was to get around 9631 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 9632 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 9633 different from the process id. I could try to fix 9634 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 9635 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 9636 things. 9637 Portability changes: 9638 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 9639 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 9640 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 9641 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 9642 of Colorado. 9643 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 9644 help other strict ANSI compilers. 9645 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 9646 Corporation. 9647 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 9648 documentation apparently doesn't define 9649 __STDC__ by default). 9650 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 9651 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 9652 Motonori Nakamura. 9653 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 9654 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 9655 several people have made a good argument that this 9656 creates more problems than it solves (although this 9657 may prove painful in the short run). 9658 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 9659 format. 9660 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 9661 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 9662 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 9663 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 9664 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 9665 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 9666 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 9667 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 9668 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 9669 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 9670 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 9671 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 9672 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 9673 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 9674 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 9675 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9676 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 9677 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 9678 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 9679 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 9680 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 9681 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 9682 environments. Ugly as sin. 9683 96848.3/8.3 1993/07/13 9685 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 9686 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 9687 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 9688 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 9689 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 9690 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 9691 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 9692 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 9693 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 9694 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 9695 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 9696 "user friendly". 9697 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 9698 16 bytes/sec. 9699 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 9700 compatibility library. This also adds a new 9701 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 9702 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 9703 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 9704 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 9705 for quick test cases. 9706 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 9707 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 9708 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 9709 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 9710 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 9711 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 9712 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 9713 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 9714 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 9715 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 9716 From Michael Corrigan. 9717 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 9718 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 9719 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9720 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 9721 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 9722 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 9723 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 9724 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 9725 Christophe Wolfhugel. 9726 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 9727 97288.2/8.2 1993/07/11 9729 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 9730 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 9731 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 9732 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 9733 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 9734 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 9735 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 9736 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 9737 from Bill Wisner. 9738 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 9739 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 9740 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 9741 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 9742 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 9743 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 9744 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 9745 match the other flags in that file. 9746 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 9747 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 9748 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 9749 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 9750 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 9751 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 9752 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 9753 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 9754 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 9755 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 9756 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 9757 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 9758 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 9759 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9760 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 9761 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 9762 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 9763 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 9764 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 9765 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 9766 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 9767 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 9768 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 9769 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 9770 the root and directories leading up to your home); 9771 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 9772 be owned by you. 9773 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 9774 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 9775 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 9776 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 9777 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 9778 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 9779 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 9780 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 9781 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 9782 is separate; this is just intended to work around 9783 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 9784 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 9785 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 9786 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 9787 matching without a null it never tries again with a 9788 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 9789 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 9790 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 9791 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 9792 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 9793 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 9794 it adapts. 9795 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 9796 will insert the appropriate full name information; 9797 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 9798 way. 9799 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 9800 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 9801 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 9802 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 9803 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 9804 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 9805 only happen when there has been another error in the 9806 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 9807 by default in conf.h. 9808 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 9809 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 9810 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 9811 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 9812 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 9813 This output is not intended to be particularly human 9814 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 9815 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 9816 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 9817 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 9818 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 9819 See cf/README for an example. 9820 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 9821 sites that don't use the -d flag. 9822 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 9823 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 9824 has been requested by several people, but can break 9825 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 9826 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 9827 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 9828 broken. Use it sparingly. 9829 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 9830 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 9831 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 9832 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 9833 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 9834 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 9835 Bill Wisner of The Well. 9836 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 9837 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 9838 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 9839 98408.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 9841 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 9842 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 9843 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 9844 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 9845 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 9846 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 9847 98488.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 9849 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 9850 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 9851 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 9852 98538.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 9854 Another mailertable fix.... 9855 98568.1/8.1 1993/06/07 9857 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 9858